VirtualBox

source: vbox/trunk/src/VBox/Main/idl/VirtualBox.xidl@ 7990

Last change on this file since 7990 was 7990, checked in by vboxsync, 17 years ago

Reapplied 29633 & 29635 (fixes to follow)

  • Property svn:eol-style set to native
  • Property svn:keywords set to Author Date Id Revision
File size: 355.5 KB
Line 
1<?xml version="1.0" ?>
2
3<!--
4 * :tabSize=2:indentSize=2:noTabs=true:
5 * :folding=explicit:collapseFolds=1:
6 *
7 * Master declaration for VirtualBox's Main API, represented
8 * by COM/XPCOM and web service interfaces.
9 *
10 * From this document, the build system generates several files
11 * via XSLT that are then used during the build process.
12 *
13 * Below is the list of XSL templates that operate on this file and
14 * output files they generate. These XSL templates must be updated
15 * whenever the schema of this file changes:
16 *
17 * 1. src/VBox/Main/idl/midl.xsl =>
18 * out/<platform>/bin/sdk/idl/VirtualBox.idl
19 * (MS COM interface definition file for Main API)
20 *
21 * 2. src/VBox/Main/idl/xpidl.xsl =>
22 * out/<platform>/bin/sdk/idl/VirtualBox_XPCOM.idl
23 * (XPCOM interface definition file for Main API)
24 *
25 * 3. src/VBox/Main/idl/doxygen.xsl =>
26 * out/<platform>/obj/src/VBox/Main/VirtualBox.idl
27 * (pseudo-IDL for Doxygen to generate the official Main API
28 * documentation)
29 *
30 * 4. src/VBox/Main/webservice/*.xsl =>
31 * a bunch of WSDL and C++ files
32 * (VirtualBox web service sources and SOAP mappers;
33 * see src/VBox/Main/webservice/Makefile.kmk for details)
34 *
35 * 5. src/VBox/Frontends/VirtualBox/include/COMWrappers.xsl =>
36 * out/<platform>/obj/src/VBox/Frontends/VirtualBox/VirtualBox/include/COMWrappers.h
37 * (smart Qt-based C++ wrapper classes for COM interfaces
38 * of the Main API)
39 *
40 * 6. src/VBox/Installer/win32/VirtualBox_TypeLib.xsl =>
41 * out/<platform>/obj/src/VBox/Installer/win32/VirtualBox_TypeLib.wxi
42 * (Main API TypeLib block for the WiX installer)
43 *
44 Copyright (C) 2006-2007 innotek GmbH
45
46 This file is part of VirtualBox Open Source Edition (OSE), as
47 available from http://www.virtualbox.org. This file is free software;
48 you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU
49 General Public License (GPL) as published by the Free Software
50 Foundation, in version 2 as it comes in the "COPYING" file of the
51 VirtualBox OSE distribution. VirtualBox OSE is distributed in the
52 hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY of any kind.
53-->
54
55<idl>
56
57<if target="midl">
58 <cpp line="enum {"/>
59 <cpp line=" kTypeLibraryMajorVersion = 1,"/>
60 <cpp line=" kTypeLibraryMinorVersion = 0"/>
61 <cpp line="};"/>
62</if>
63
64<if target="xpidl">
65 <!-- NS_IMPL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTSxx_CI macros are placed here, for convenience -->
66 <cpp>
67// currenty, nsISupportsImpl.h lacks the below-like macros
68#ifndef NS_IMPL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS1_CI
69#define NS_IMPL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS1_CI(_class, _interface) \
70 NS_IMPL_THREADSAFE_ADDREF(_class) \
71 NS_IMPL_THREADSAFE_RELEASE(_class) \
72 NS_IMPL_QUERY_INTERFACE1_CI(_class, _interface) \
73 NS_IMPL_CI_INTERFACE_GETTER1(_class, _interface)
74#endif
75#ifndef NS_IMPL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS2_CI
76#define NS_IMPL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS2_CI(_class, _i1, _i2) \
77 NS_IMPL_THREADSAFE_ADDREF(_class) \
78 NS_IMPL_THREADSAFE_RELEASE(_class) \
79 NS_IMPL_QUERY_INTERFACE2_CI(_class, _i1, _i2) \
80 NS_IMPL_CI_INTERFACE_GETTER2(_class, _i1, _i2)
81#endif
82 </cpp>
83</if>
84
85<library
86 name="VirtualBox"
87 uuid="46137EEC-703B-4fe5-AFD4-7C9BBBBA0259"
88 version="1.3"
89 desc="innotek VirtualBox Type Library"
90 appUuid="819B4D85-9CEE-493C-B6FC-64FFE759B3C9"
91 supportsErrorInfo="yes"
92>
93
94 <!--
95 // all common enums
96 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
97 -->
98
99 <enum
100 name="TSBool"
101 uuid="523ff64d-842a-4b1a-80e7-c311b028cb3a"
102 >
103 <desc>
104 Boolean variable having a third state, default.
105 </desc>
106
107 <const name="False" value="0"/>
108 <const name="True" value="1"/>
109 <const name="Default" value="2"/>
110 </enum>
111
112 <enum
113 name="MachineState"
114 uuid="73bf04d0-7c4f-4684-9abf-d65a9ad74343"
115 >
116 <desc>
117 Virtual machine execution state. This enumeration represents possible
118 values of the <link to="IMachine::state"/> attribute.
119 </desc>
120
121 <const name="Null" value="0">
122 <desc><tt>null</tt> value. Never used by the API.</desc>
123 </const>
124 <const name="PoweredOff" value="1">
125 <desc>
126 The machine is not running.
127 </desc>
128 </const>
129 <const name="Saved" value="2">
130 <desc>
131 The machine is not currently running, but the execution state
132 of the machine has been saved to an external file when it
133 was running.
134 <note>
135 No any machine settings can be altered when the machine
136 is in this state.
137 </note>
138 </desc>
139 </const>
140 <const name="Aborted" value="3">
141 <desc>
142 A process that run the machine has abnormally terminated.
143 Other than that, this value is equivalent to #PoweredOff.
144 </desc>
145 </const>
146 <const name="Running" value="4">
147 <desc>
148 The machine is currently being executed.
149 <note>
150 This value can be used in comparison expressions:
151 all state values below it describe a virtual machine that is
152 not currently being executed (i.e., it is completely out of
153 action).
154 </note>
155 <note>
156 For whoever decides to touch this enum: In order to keep the
157 aforementioned comparisons valid, this state must immediately
158 preceed the Paused state.
159 </note>
160 </desc>
161 </const>
162 <const name="Paused" value="5">
163 <desc>
164 The execution of the machine has been paused.
165 <note>
166 This value can be used in comparison expressions: all state values
167 above it represent unstable states of the running virtual
168 machine. Unless explicitly stated otherwise, no machine settings can
169 be altered when it is in one of the unstable sates.
170 </note>
171 <note>
172 For whoever decides to touch this enum: In order to keep the
173 aforementioned comparisons valid, this state must immediately
174 follow the Running state.
175 </note>
176 </desc>
177 </const>
178 <const name="Stuck" value="6">
179 <desc>
180 The execution of the machine has reached the Guru Meditaion
181 condition. This condition indicates an internal VMM failure which may
182 happen as a result of either an unhandled low-level virtual hardware
183 exception or one of the recompiler exceptions (such as
184 the <i>too-many-traps</i> condition).
185 </desc>
186 </const>
187 <const name="Starting" value="7">
188 <desc>
189 The machine is being started after
190 <link to="IConsole::powerUp">powering it on</link> from a
191 zero execution state.
192 </desc>
193 </const>
194 <const name="Stopping" value="8">
195 <desc>
196 The machine is being normally stopped
197 (after explicitly <link to="IConsole::powerDown">powering it off</link>,
198 or after the guest OS has initiated a shutdown sequence).
199 </desc>
200 </const>
201 <const name="Saving" value="9">
202 <desc>
203 The machine is saving its execution state to a file as a
204 result of calling <link to="IConsole::saveState"/> or an online
205 snapshot of the machine is being taken using
206 <link to="IConsole::takeSnapshot"/>.
207 </desc>
208 </const>
209 <const name="Restoring" value="10">
210 <desc>
211 The execution state of the machine is being restored from a file
212 after <link to="IConsole::powerUp">powering it on</link> from
213 a saved execution state.
214 </desc>
215 </const>
216 <const name="Discarding" value="11">
217 <desc>
218 A snapshot of the machine is being discarded after calling
219 <link to="IConsole::discardSnapshot"/> or its current state is
220 being discarded after <link to="IConsole::discardCurrentState"/>.
221 </desc>
222 </const>
223 </enum>
224
225 <enum
226 name="SessionState"
227 uuid="CF2700C0-EA4B-47ae-9725-7810114B94D8"
228 >
229 <desc>
230 Session state. This enumeration represents possible values of
231 <link to="IMachine::sessionState"/> and <link to="ISession::state"/>
232 attributes. Idividual value descriptions contain the appropriate
233 meaning for every case.
234 </desc>
235
236 <const name="Null" value="0">
237 <desc><tt>null</tt> value. Never used by the API.</desc>
238 </const>
239 <const name="Closed" value="1">
240 <desc>
241 The machine has no open sessions (<link to="IMachine::sessionState"/>);
242 the session is closed (<link to="ISession::state"/>)
243 </desc>
244 </const>
245 <const name="Open" value="2">
246 <desc>
247 The machine has an open direct session (<link to="IMachine::sessionState"/>);
248 the session is open (<link to="ISession::state"/>)
249 </desc>
250 </const>
251 <const name="Spawning" value="3">
252 <desc>
253 A new (direct) session is being opened for the machine
254 as a result of <link to="IVirtualBox::openRemoteSession()"/>
255 call (<link to="IMachine::sessionState"/>);
256 the session is currently being opened
257 as a result of <link to="IVirtualBox::openRemoteSession()"/>
258 call (<link to="ISession::state"/>)
259 </desc>
260 </const>
261 <const name="Closing" value="4">
262 <desc>
263 The direct session is being closed (<link to="IMachine::sessionState"/>);
264 the session is being closed (<link to="ISession::state"/>)
265 </desc>
266 </const>
267 </enum>
268
269 <enum
270 name="SessionType"
271 uuid="A13C02CB-0C2C-421E-8317-AC0E8AAA153A"
272 >
273 <desc>
274 Session type. This enumeration represents possible values of the
275 <link to="ISession::type"/> attribute.
276 </desc>
277
278 <const name="Null" value="0">
279 <desc><tt>null</tt> value. Never used by the API.</desc>
280 </const>
281 <const name="Direct" value="1">
282 <desc>
283 Direct session
284 (opened by <link to="IVirtualBox::openSession()"/>)
285 </desc>
286 </const>
287 <const name="Remote" value="2">
288 <desc>
289 Remote session
290 (opened by <link to="IVirtualBox::openRemoteSession()"/>)
291 </desc>
292 </const>
293 <const name="Existing" value="3">
294 <desc>
295 Existing session
296 (opened by <link to="IVirtualBox::openExistingSession()"/>)
297 </desc>
298 </const>
299 </enum>
300
301 <enum
302 name="DeviceType"
303 uuid="6d9420f7-0b56-4636-99f9-7346f1b01e57"
304 >
305 <desc>
306 Device type.
307 </desc>
308 <const name="Null" value="0">
309 <desc>
310 <tt>null</tt> value which may also mean "no device".
311 <note>
312 This value is not allowed for
313 <link to="IConsole::getDeviceActivity"/>
314 </note>
315 </desc>
316 </const>
317 <const name="Floppy" value="1">
318 <desc>Floppy device.</desc>
319 </const>
320 <const name="DVD" value="2">
321 <desc>CD/DVD-ROM device.</desc>
322 </const>
323 <const name="HardDisk" value="3">
324 <desc>Hard disk device.</desc>
325 </const>
326 <const name="Network" value="4">
327 <desc>Network device.</desc>
328 </const>
329 <const name="USB" value="5">
330 <desc>USB device.</desc>
331 </const>
332 <const name="SharedFolder" value="6">
333 <desc>Shared folder device.</desc>
334 </const>
335 </enum>
336
337 <enum
338 name="DeviceActivity"
339 uuid="6FC8AEAA-130A-4eb5-8954-3F921422D707"
340 >
341 <desc>
342 Device activity for <link to="IConsole::getDeviceActivity"/>.
343 </desc>
344
345 <const name="Null" value="0"/>
346 <const name="Idle" value="1"/>
347 <const name="Reading" value="2"/>
348 <const name="Writing" value="3"/>
349 </enum>
350
351 <enum
352 name="ResourceUsage"
353 uuid="FC56E4B6-B195-48e2-A5E1-A667B0D9F809"
354 >
355 <desc>
356 Usage type constants for
357 <link to="IVirtualBox::getDVDImageUsage"/> and
358 <link to="IVirtualBox::getFloppyImageUsage"/>.
359 </desc>
360
361 <const name="Null" value="0">
362 <desc><tt>null</tt> value. Never used by the API.</desc>
363 </const>
364 <const name="Permanent" value="1">
365 <desc>
366 Scopes the VMs that use the resource permanently
367 (the information about this usage is stored in the VM
368 settings file).
369 </desc>
370 </const>
371 <const name="Temporary" value="2">
372 <desc>
373 Scopes the VMs that are temporarily using the resource
374 (the information about the usage is not yet saved in the VM
375 settings file). Temporary usage can take place only in the
376 context of an open session.
377 </desc>
378 </const>
379 <const name="All" value="3">
380 <desc>
381 Combines Permanent and Temporary.
382 </desc>
383 </const>
384 </enum>
385
386 <enum
387 name="StorageBus"
388 uuid="715984a5-093c-43bb-aa42-a16ed16828dd"
389 >
390 <desc>Interface bus type for storage devices.</desc>
391
392 <const name="Null" value="0">
393 <desc><tt>null</tt> value. Never used by the API.</desc>
394 </const>
395
396 <const name="IDE" value="1"/>
397 <const name="SATA" value="2"/>
398 </enum>
399
400 <enum
401 name="ClipboardMode"
402 uuid="33364716-4008-4701-8f14-be0fa3d62950"
403 >
404 <desc>
405 Host-Guest clipboard interchange mode.
406 </desc>
407
408 <const name="Disabled" value="0"/>
409 <const name="HostToGuest" value="1"/>
410 <const name="GuestToHost" value="2"/>
411 <const name="Bidirectional" value="3"/>
412 </enum>
413
414 <enum
415 name="Scope"
416 uuid="7c91096e-499e-4eca-9f9b-9001438d7855"
417 >
418 <desc>
419 Scope of the operation.
420
421 A generic enumeration used in various methods to define the action or
422 argument scope.
423 </desc>
424
425 <const name="Global" value="0"/>
426 <const name="Machine" value="1"/>
427 <const name="Session" value="2"/>
428 </enum>
429
430 <enum
431 name="GuestStatisticType"
432 uuid="aa7c1d71-aafe-47a8-9608-27d2d337cf55"
433 >
434 <desc>
435 Statistics type for <link to="IGuest::getStatistic"/>.
436 </desc>
437
438 <const name="CPULoad_Idle" value="0">
439 <desc>
440 Idle CPU load (0-100%) for last interval.
441 </desc>
442 </const>
443 <const name="CPULoad_Kernel" value="1">
444 <desc>
445 Kernel CPU load (0-100%) for last interval.
446 </desc>
447 </const>
448 <const name="CPULoad_User" value="2">
449 <desc>
450 User CPU load (0-100%) for last interval.
451 </desc>
452 </const>
453 <const name="Threads" value="3">
454 <desc>
455 Total number of threads in the system.
456 </desc>
457 </const>
458 <const name="Processes" value="4">
459 <desc>
460 Total number of processes in the system.
461 </desc>
462 </const>
463 <const name="Handles" value="5">
464 <desc>
465 Total number of handles in the system.
466 </desc>
467 </const>
468 <const name="MemoryLoad" value="6">
469 <desc>
470 Memory load (0-100%).
471 </desc>
472 </const>
473 <const name="PhysMemTotal" value="7">
474 <desc>
475 Total physical memory in megabytes.
476 </desc>
477 </const>
478 <const name="PhysMemAvailable" value="8">
479 <desc>
480 Free physical memory in megabytes.
481 </desc>
482 </const>
483 <const name="PhysMemBalloon" value="9">
484 <desc>
485 Ballooned physical memory in megabytes.
486 </desc>
487 </const>
488 <const name="MemCommitTotal" value="10">
489 <desc>
490 Total amount of memory in the committed state in megabytes.
491 </desc>
492 </const>
493 <const name="MemKernelTotal" value="11">
494 <desc>
495 Total amount of memory used by the guest OS's kernel in megabytes.
496 </desc>
497 </const>
498 <const name="MemKernelPaged" value="12">
499 <desc>
500 Total amount of paged memory used by the guest OS's kernel in megabytes.
501 </desc>
502 </const>
503 <const name="MemKernelNonpaged" value="13">
504 <desc>
505 Total amount of nonpaged memory used by the guest OS's kernel in megabytes.
506 </desc>
507 </const>
508 <const name="MemSystemCache" value="14">
509 <desc>
510 Total amount of memory used by the guest OS's system cache in megabytes.
511 </desc>
512 </const>
513 <const name="PageFileSize" value="15">
514 <desc>
515 Pagefile size in megabytes.
516 </desc>
517 </const>
518 <const name="SampleNumber" value="16">
519 <desc>
520 Statistics sample number
521 </desc>
522 </const>
523 <const name="MaxVal" value="17"/>
524 </enum>
525
526 <enum
527 name="BIOSBootMenuMode"
528 uuid="ae4fb9f7-29d2-45b4-b2c7-d579603135d5"
529 >
530 <desc>
531 BIOS boot menu mode.
532 </desc>
533
534 <const name="Disabled" value="0"/>
535 <const name="MenuOnly" value="1"/>
536 <const name="MessageAndMenu" value="2"/>
537 </enum>
538
539 <enum
540 name="IDEControllerType"
541 uuid="445330e3-202a-4dab-854f-ce22e6cb9715"
542 >
543 <desc>
544 IDE controller type.
545 </desc>
546
547 <const name="Null" value="0">
548 <desc><tt>null</tt> value. Never used by the API.</desc>
549 </const>
550 <const name="PIIX3" value="1"/>
551 <const name="PIIX4" value="2"/>
552 </enum>
553
554 <enum
555 name="DriveState"
556 uuid="cb7233b7-c519-42a5-8310-1830953cacbc"
557 >
558 <const name="Null" value="0">
559 <desc><tt>null</tt> value. Never used by the API.</desc>
560 </const>
561 <const name="NotMounted" value="1"/>
562 <const name="ImageMounted" value="2"/>
563 <const name="HostDriveCaptured" value="3"/>
564 </enum>
565
566 <!--
567 // IVirtualBoxErrorInfo
568 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
569 -->
570
571 <interface
572 name="IVirtualBoxErrorInfo" extends="$errorinfo"
573 uuid="e98b5376-8eb4-4eea-812a-3964bf3bb26f"
574 supportsErrorInfo="no"
575 wsmap="suppress"
576 >
577 <desc>
578 The IVirtualBoxErrorInfo interface represents extended error information.
579
580 Extended error information can be set by VirtualBox components after
581 unsuccessful or partially successful method invocation. This information
582 can be retrievefd by the calling party as an IVirtualBoxErrorInfo object
583 and then shown to the client in addition to the plain 32-bit result code.
584
585 In MS COM, this interface extends the IErrorInfo interface,
586 in XPCOM, it extends the nsIException interface. In both cases,
587 it provides a set of common attributes to retrieve error
588 information.
589
590 Sometimes invocation of some component's method may involve methods of
591 other components that may also fail (independently of this method's
592 failure), or a series of non-fatal errors may precede a fatal error that
593 causes method failure. In cases like that, it may be desirable to preserve
594 information about all errors happened during method invocation and deliver
595 it to the caller. The <link to="#next"/> attribute is intended
596 specifically for this purpose and allows to represent a chain of errors
597 through a single IVirtualBoxErrorInfo object set after method invocation.
598
599 Note that errors are stored to a chain in the reverse order, i.e. the
600 initial error object you query right after method invocation is the last
601 error set by the callee, the object it points to in the @a next attribute
602 is the previous error and so on, up to the first error (which is the last
603 in the chain).
604 </desc>
605
606 <attribute name="resultCode" type="result" readonly="yes">
607 <desc>
608 Result code of the error.
609 Usually, it will be the same as the result code returned
610 by the method that provided this error information, but not
611 always. For example, on Win32, CoCreateInstance() will most
612 likely return E_NOINTERFACE upon unsuccessful component
613 instantiation attempt, but not the value the component factory
614 returned.
615 <note>
616 In MS COM, there is no equivalent.
617 In XPCOM, it is the same as nsIException::result.
618 </note>
619 </desc>
620 </attribute>
621
622 <attribute name="interfaceID" type="uuid" readonly="yes">
623 <desc>
624 UUID of the interface that defined the error.
625 <note>
626 In MS COM, it is the same as IErrorInfo::GetGUID.
627 In XPCOM, there is no equivalent.
628 </note>
629 </desc>
630 </attribute>
631
632 <attribute name="component" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
633 <desc>
634 Name of the component that generated the error.
635 <note>
636 In MS COM, it is the same as IErrorInfo::GetSource.
637 In XPCOM, there is no equivalent.
638 </note>
639 </desc>
640 </attribute>
641
642 <attribute name="text" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
643 <desc>
644 Text description of the error.
645 <note>
646 In MS COM, it is the same as IErrorInfo::GetDescription.
647 In XPCOM, it is the same as nsIException::message.
648 </note>
649 </desc>
650 </attribute>
651
652 <attribute name="next" type="IVirtualBoxErrorInfo" readonly="yes">
653 <desc>
654 Next error object if there is any, or @c null otherwise.
655 <note>
656 In MS COM, there is no equivalent.
657 In XPCOM, it is the same as nsIException::inner.
658 </note>
659 </desc>
660 </attribute>
661
662 </interface>
663
664
665 <!--
666 // IVirtualBox
667 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
668 -->
669
670 <interface
671 name="IVirtualBoxCallback" extends="$unknown"
672 uuid="ee95ffc2-b6c6-4ce8-9e9e-ceadbb5019fe"
673 wsmap="suppress"
674 >
675 <method name="onMachineStateChange">
676 <desc>
677 The execution state of the given machine has changed.
678 <see>IMachine::state</see>
679 </desc>
680 <param name="machineId" type="uuid" dir="in">
681 <desc>ID of the machine this event relates to.</desc>
682 </param>
683 <param name="state" type="MachineState" dir="in">
684 <desc>New execution state.</desc>
685 </param>
686 </method>
687
688 <method name="onMachineDataChange">
689 <desc>
690 Any of the settings of the given machine has changed.
691 </desc>
692 <param name="machineId" type="uuid" dir="in">
693 <desc>ID of the machine this event relates to.</desc>
694 </param>
695 </method>
696
697 <method name="onExtraDataCanChange">
698 <desc>
699 Notification when someone tries to change extra data for
700 either the given machine or (if null) global extra data.
701 This gives the chance to veto against changes.
702 </desc>
703 <param name="machineId" type="uuid" dir="in">
704 <desc>
705 ID of the machine this event relates to
706 (null ID for global extra data change requests).
707 </desc>
708 </param>
709 <param name="key" type="wstring" dir="in">
710 <desc>
711 Extra data key for the attempted write.
712 </desc>
713 </param>
714 <param name="value" type="wstring" dir="in">
715 <desc>
716 Extra data value for the given key.
717 </desc>
718 </param>
719 <param name="error" type="wstring" dir="out">
720 <desc>
721 Optional error message describing the reason of the
722 veto (ignored if this notification returns @c true).
723 </desc>
724 </param>
725 <param name="allowChange" type="boolean" dir="return">
726 <desc>
727 Flag to indicate whether the callee agrees (@ true)
728 or vetoes against the change (@ false).
729 </desc>
730 </param>
731 </method>
732
733 <method name="onExtraDataChange">
734 <desc>
735 Notification when machine specific or global extra data
736 has changed.
737 </desc>
738 <param name="machineId" type="uuid" dir="in">
739 <desc>
740 ID of the machine this event relates to.
741 Null for global extra data changes.
742 </desc>
743 </param>
744 <param name="key" type="wstring" dir="in">
745 <desc>
746 Extra data key that has changed.
747 </desc>
748 </param>
749 <param name="value" type="wstring" dir="in">
750 <desc>
751 Extra data value for the given key.
752 </desc>
753 </param>
754 </method>
755
756 <method name="onMediaRegistered">
757 <desc>
758 The given media was registered or unregistered
759 within this VirtualBox installation.
760
761 The @a mediaType parameter describes what type of
762 media the specified @a mediaId refers to. Possible
763 values are:
764
765 - <link to="DeviceType::HardDisk"/>: the media is a hard disk
766 that, if registered, can be obtained using the
767 <link to="IVirtualBox::getHardDisk"/> call.
768 - <link to="DeviceType::DVD"/>: the media is a CD/DVD image
769 that, if registered, can be obtained using the
770 <link to="IVirtualBox::getDVDImage"/> call.
771 - <link to="DeviceType::Floppy"/>: the media is a Floppy image
772 that, if registered, can be obtained using the
773 <link to="IVirtualBox::getFloppyImage"/> call.
774
775 Note that if this is a deregistration notification,
776 there is no way to access the object representing the
777 unregistered media. It is supposed that the
778 application will do required cleanup based on the @a
779 mediaId value.
780 </desc>
781 <param name="mediaId" type="uuid" dir="in">
782 <desc>ID of the media this event relates to.</desc>
783 </param>
784 <param name="mediaType" type="DeviceType" dir="in">
785 <desc>Type of the media this event relates to.</desc>
786 </param>
787 <param name="registered" type="boolean" dir="in">
788 <desc>
789 If true, the media was registered, otherwise it was
790 unregistered.
791 </desc>
792 </param>
793 </method>
794
795 <method name="onMachineRegistered">
796 <desc>
797 The given machine was registered or unregistered
798 within this VirtualBox installation.
799 </desc>
800 <param name="machineId" type="uuid" dir="in">
801 <desc>ID of the machine this event relates to.</desc>
802 </param>
803 <param name="registered" type="boolean" dir="in">
804 <desc>
805 If true, the machine was registered, otherwise it was
806 unregistered.
807 </desc>
808 </param>
809 </method>
810
811 <method name="onSessionStateChange">
812 <desc>
813 The state of the session for the given machine was changed.
814 <see>IMachine::sessionState</see>
815 </desc>
816 <param name="machineId" type="uuid" dir="in">
817 <desc>ID of the machine this event relates to.</desc>
818 </param>
819 <param name="state" type="SessionState" dir="in">
820 <desc>New session state.</desc>
821 </param>
822 </method>
823
824 <method name="onSnapshotTaken">
825 <desc>
826 A new snapshot of the machine has been taken.
827 <see>ISnapshot</see>
828 </desc>
829 <param name="machineId" type="uuid" dir="in">
830 <desc>ID of the machine this event relates to.</desc>
831 </param>
832 <param name="snapshotId" type="uuid" dir="in">
833 <desc>ID of the new snapshot.</desc>
834 </param>
835 </method>
836
837 <method name="onSnapshotDiscarded">
838 <desc>
839 Snapshot of the given machine has been discarded.
840
841 <note>
842 This notification is delivered <b>after</b> the snapshot
843 object has been uninitialized on the server (so that any
844 attempt to call its methods will return an error).
845 </note>
846
847 <see>ISnapshot</see>
848 </desc>
849 <param name="machineId" type="uuid" dir="in">
850 <desc>ID of the machine this event relates to.</desc>
851 </param>
852 <param name="snapshotId" type="uuid" dir="in">
853 <desc>
854 ID of the discarded snapshot. <tt>null</tt> means the
855 current machine state has been discarded (restored from
856 the current snapshot).
857 </desc>
858 </param>
859 </method>
860
861 <method name="onSnapshotChange">
862 <desc>
863 Snapshot properties (name and/or description) have been changed.
864 <see>ISnapshot</see>
865 </desc>
866 <param name="machineId" type="uuid" dir="in">
867 <desc>ID of the machine this event relates to.</desc>
868 </param>
869 <param name="snapshotId" type="uuid" dir="in">
870 <desc>ID of the changed snapshot.</desc>
871 </param>
872 </method>
873
874 </interface>
875
876 <interface
877 name="IVirtualBox" extends="$dispatched"
878 uuid="2d3b9ea7-25f5-4f07-a8e1-7dd7e0dcf667"
879 wsmap="managed"
880 >
881 <desc>
882 The IVirtualBox interface represents the main interface exposed by the
883 product that provides virtual machine management.
884
885 An instance of IVirtualBox is required for the product to do anything
886 useful. Even though the interface does not expose this, internally,
887 IVirtualBox is implemented as a singleton and actually lives in the
888 process of the VirtualBox server (VBoxSVC.exe). This makes sure that
889 IVirtualBox can track the state of all virtual machines on a particular
890 host, regardless of which frontend started them.
891
892 To enumerate all the virtual machines on the host, use the
893 <link to="IVirtualBox::machines"/> attribute.
894 </desc>
895
896 <attribute name="version" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
897 <desc>
898 A string representing the version number of the product. The
899 format is 3 integer numbers divided by dots (e.g. 1.0.1). The
900 last number represents the build number and will frequently change.
901 </desc>
902 </attribute>
903
904 <attribute name="homeFolder" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
905 <desc>
906 Full path to the directory where the global settings file,
907 <tt>VirtualBox.xml</tt>, is stored.
908
909 In this version of VirtualBox, the value of this property is
910 always <tt>&lt;user_dir&gt;/.VirtualBox</tt> (where
911 <tt>&lt;user_dir&gt;</tt> is the path to the user directory,
912 as determined by the host OS), and cannot be changed.
913
914 This path is also used as the base to resolve relative paths in
915 places where relative paths are allowed (unless otherwise
916 expressly indicated).
917 </desc>
918 </attribute>
919
920 <attribute name="settingsFilePath" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
921 <desc>
922 Full name of the global settings file.
923 The value of this property corresponds to the value of
924 <link to="#homeFolder"/> plus <tt>/VirtualBox.xml</tt>.
925 </desc>
926 </attribute>
927
928 <attribute name="settingsFileVersion" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
929 <desc>
930 Current version of the format of the global VirtualBox settings file
931 (<tt>VirtualBox.xml</tt>).
932
933 The version string has the following format:
934 <pre>
935 x.y-platform
936 </pre>
937 where <tt>x</tt> and <tt>y</tt> are the major and the minor format
938 versions, and <tt>platform</tt> is the platform identifier.
939
940 The current version usually matches the value of the
941 <link to="#settingsFormatVersion"/> attribute unless the
942 settings file was created by an older version of VirtualBox and there
943 was a change of the settings file format since then.
944
945 Note that VirtualBox automatically converts settings files from older
946 versions to the most recent version when reading them (usually at
947 VirtualBox startup) but it doesn't save the changes back until
948 you call a method that implicitly saves settings (such as
949 <link to="#setExtraData()"/>) or call <link to="#saveSettings()"/>
950 explicitly. Therefore, if the value of this attribute differs from the
951 value of <link to="#settingsFormatVersion"/>, then it
952 means that the settings file was converted but the result of the
953 conversion is not yet saved to disk.
954
955 The above feature may be used by interactive front-ends to inform users
956 about the settings file format change and offer them to explicitly save
957 all converted settings files (the global and VM-specific ones),
958 optionally create bacup copies of the old settings files before saving,
959 etc.
960
961 <see>settingsFormatVersion, saveSettingsWithBackup()</see>
962 </desc>
963 </attribute>
964
965 <attribute name="settingsFormatVersion" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
966 <desc>
967 Most recent version of the settings file format.
968
969 The version string has the following format:
970 <pre>
971 x.y-platform
972 </pre>
973 where <tt>x</tt> and <tt>y</tt> are the major and the minor format
974 versions, and <tt>platform</tt> is the platform identifier.
975
976 VirtualBox uses this version of the format when saving settings files
977 (either as a result of method calls that require to save settings or as
978 a result of an explicit call to <link to="#saveSettings()"/>).
979
980 <see>settingsFileVersion</see>
981 </desc>
982 </attribute>
983
984 <attribute name="host" type="IHost" readonly="yes">
985 <desc>Associated host object.</desc>
986 </attribute>
987
988 <attribute name="systemProperties" type="ISystemProperties" readonly="yes">
989 <desc>Associated system information object.</desc>
990 </attribute>
991
992 <attribute name="machines" type="IMachineCollection" readonly="yes">
993 <desc>
994 Collection of machine objects registered within this VirtualBox
995 instance.
996 </desc>
997 </attribute>
998
999 <attribute name="machines2" type="IMachine" readonly="yes" safearray="yes">
1000 <desc>
1001 Array of machine objects registered within this VirtualBox instance.
1002 </desc>
1003 </attribute>
1004
1005 <attribute name="hardDisks" type="IHardDiskCollection" readonly="yes">
1006 <desc>
1007 Collection of hard disk objects registered within this VirtualBox
1008 instance.
1009
1010 This collection contains only "top-level" (basic or independent) hard
1011 disk images, but not differencing ones. All differencing images of the
1012 given top-level image (i.e. all its children) can be enumerated using
1013 <link to="IHardDisk::children"/>.
1014 </desc>
1015 </attribute>
1016
1017 <attribute name="DVDImages" type="IDVDImageCollection" readonly="yes"/>
1018
1019 <attribute name="FloppyImages" type="IFloppyImageCollection" readonly="yes"/>
1020
1021 <attribute name="progressOperations" type="IProgressCollection" readonly="yes"/>
1022
1023 <attribute name="guestOSTypes" type="IGuestOSTypeCollection" readonly="yes"/>
1024
1025 <attribute name="sharedFolders" type="ISharedFolderCollection" readonly="yes">
1026 <desc>
1027 Collection of global shared folders. Global shared folders are
1028 available to all virtual machines.
1029
1030 New shared folders are added to the collection using
1031 <link to="#createSharedFolder"/>. Existing shared folders can be
1032 removed using <link to="#removeSharedFolder"/>.
1033
1034 <note>
1035 In the current version of the product, global shared folders are not
1036 implemented and therefore this collection is always empty.
1037 </note>
1038 </desc>
1039 </attribute>
1040
1041 <method name="createMachine">
1042 <desc>
1043 Creates a new virtual machine.
1044
1045 The new machine will have "empty" default settings and will not
1046 yet be registered. The typical sequence to create a virtual machine
1047 is therefore something like this:
1048
1049 <ol>
1050 <li>Call this method (IVirtualBox::createMachine) to have a new
1051 machine created. The machine object returned is "mutable", i.e.
1052 automatically locked for the current session, as if
1053 <link to="#openSession" /> had been called on it.</li>
1054
1055 <li>Assign meaningful settings to the new machine by calling the
1056 respective methods.</li>
1057
1058 <li>Call <link to="IMachine::saveSettings" /> to have the settings written
1059 to the machine's XML settings file. The configuration of the newly
1060 created machine will not be saved to disk (and the settings subfolder
1061 and file, as described below, will not be created) until this method
1062 is called.</li>
1063
1064 <li>Call <link to="#registerMachine" /> to have the
1065 machine show up in the list of machines registered with VirtualBox.</li>
1066 </ol>
1067
1068 Every machine has a <i>settings file</i> that is used to store
1069 the machine configuration. This file is stored in the directory
1070 called <i>machine settings subfolder</i>. Unless specified otherwise,
1071 both the subfolder and the settings file will have a name that
1072 corresponds to the name of the virtual machine. You can specify
1073 where to create the machine settings subfolder using the @a
1074 baseFolder argument. The base folder can be absolute (full path)
1075 or relative to the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder">
1076 VirtualBox home directory</link>.
1077
1078 If a null or empty string is given as the base folder (which is
1079 recommended), the <link to="ISystemProperties::defaultMachineFolder">
1080 default machine settings folder</link> will be used as the base
1081 folder to create the machine settings subfolder and file. In
1082 any case, the full path to the settings file will look like:
1083 <pre>
1084 &lt;base_folder&gt;/&lt;machine_name&gt;/&lt;machine_name&gt;.xml
1085 </pre>
1086
1087 Optionally the UUID of the machine can be predefined. If this is
1088 not desired (i.e. a new UUID should be generated), pass just an
1089 empty or null UUID.
1090
1091 You should also specify a valid name for the machine.
1092 See the <link to="IMachine::name"/> property
1093 description for more details about the machine name.
1094
1095 The created machine remains
1096 unregistered until you call <link to="#registerMachine()"/>.
1097
1098 <note>
1099 There is no way to change the name of the settings file or
1100 subfolder of the created machine directly.
1101 </note>
1102 </desc>
1103 <param name="baseFolder" type="wstring" dir="in">
1104 <desc>
1105 Name of the folder where to create the machine settings
1106 subfolder containing the settings file.
1107 </desc>
1108 </param>
1109 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
1110 <desc>Machine name.</desc>
1111 </param>
1112 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
1113 <desc>
1114 UUID of the newly created VM, when non-null or non-empty.
1115 Otherwise a UUID is automatically generated.
1116 </desc>
1117 </param>
1118 <param name="machine" type="IMachine" dir="return">
1119 <desc>Created machine object.</desc>
1120 </param>
1121 </method>
1122
1123 <method name="createLegacyMachine">
1124 <desc>
1125 Creates a new virtual machine in "legacy" mode, using the
1126 specified settings file to store machine settings.
1127
1128 As opposed to machines created by <link to="#createMachine()"/>,
1129 the settings file of the machine created in "legacy" mode
1130 is not automatically renamed when the machine name is
1131 changed -- it will always remain the same as specified in this
1132 method call.
1133
1134 The specified settings file name can be absolute
1135 (full path) or relative to the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder">
1136 VirtualBox home directory</link>. If the file name doesn't
1137 contain an extension, the default extension (.xml) will be
1138 appended.
1139
1140 Optionally the UUID of the machine can be predefined. If this is
1141 not desired (i.e. a new UUID should be generated), pass just an
1142 empty or null UUID.
1143
1144 Note that the configuration of the newly created machine is not
1145 saved to disk (and therefore no settings file is created)
1146 until <link to="IMachine::saveSettings()"/> is called. If the
1147 specified settings file already exists,
1148 <link to="IMachine::saveSettings()"/> will return an error.
1149
1150 You should also specify a valid name for the machine.
1151 See the <link to="IMachine::name"/> property
1152 description for more details about the machine name.
1153
1154 The created machine remains
1155 unregistered until you call <link to="#registerMachine()"/>.
1156
1157 @deprecated This method may be removed later. It is better
1158 to use <link to="IVirtualBox::createMachine()"/>.
1159
1160 <note>
1161 There is no way to change the name of the settings file
1162 of the created machine.
1163 </note>
1164 </desc>
1165 <param name="settingsFile" type="wstring" dir="in">
1166 <desc>
1167 Name of the file where to store machine settings.
1168 </desc>
1169 </param>
1170 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
1171 <desc>Machine name.</desc>
1172 </param>
1173 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
1174 <desc>
1175 UUID of the newly created VM, when non-null or non-empty.
1176 Otherwise a UUID is automatically generated.
1177 </desc>
1178 </param>
1179 <param name="machine" type="IMachine" dir="return">
1180 <desc>Created machine object.</desc>
1181 </param>
1182 </method>
1183
1184 <method name="openMachine">
1185 <desc>
1186 Opens a virtual machine from the existing settings file.
1187 The opened machine remains unregistered until you call
1188 <link to="#registerMachine()"/>.
1189
1190 The specified settings file name can be absolute
1191 (full path) or relative to the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder">
1192 VirtualBox home directory</link>. This file must exist
1193 and must be a valid machine settings file whose contents
1194 will be used to construct the machine object.
1195
1196 @deprecated Will be removed soon.
1197 </desc>
1198 <param name="settingsFile" type="wstring" dir="in">
1199 <desc>
1200 Name of the machine settings file.
1201 </desc>
1202 </param>
1203 <param name="machine" type="IMachine" dir="return">
1204 <desc>Opened machine object.</desc>
1205 </param>
1206 <note>
1207 <link to="IMachine::settingsModified"/> will return
1208 false for the created machine, until any of machine settigs
1209 are changed.
1210 </note>
1211 </method>
1212
1213 <method name="registerMachine">
1214 <desc>
1215
1216 Registers the machine previously created using
1217 <link to="#createMachine()"/> or opened using
1218 <link to="#openMachine()"/> within this VirtualBox installation. After
1219 successful method invocation, the
1220 <link to="IVirtualBoxCallback::onMachineRegistered"/> signal is sent
1221 to all registered callbacks.
1222
1223 <note>
1224 This method implicitly calls <link to="IMachine::saveSettings"/>
1225 to save all current machine settings before registering it.
1226 </note>
1227
1228 </desc>
1229 <param name="machine" type="IMachine" dir="in"/>
1230 </method>
1231
1232 <method name="getMachine">
1233 <desc>
1234 Attempts to find a virtual machine given its UUID.
1235 To look up a machine by name, use <link to="IVirtualBox::findMachine" /> instead.
1236 </desc>
1237 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in"/>
1238 <param name="machine" type="IMachine" dir="return"/>
1239 </method>
1240
1241 <method name="findMachine">
1242 <desc>
1243 Attempts to find a virtual machine given its name.
1244 To look up a machine by UUID, use <link to="IVirtualBox::getMachine" /> instead.
1245 </desc>
1246 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in"/>
1247 <param name="machine" type="IMachine" dir="return"/>
1248 </method>
1249
1250 <method name="unregisterMachine">
1251 <desc>
1252
1253 Unregisters the machine previously registered using
1254 <link to="#registerMachine"/>. After successful method invocation, the
1255 <link to="IVirtualBoxCallback::onMachineRegistered"/> signal is sent
1256 to all registered callbacks.
1257
1258 <note>
1259 The specified machine must not be in the Saved state, have an open
1260 (or a spawning) direct session associated with it, have snapshots or
1261 have hard disks attached.
1262 </note>
1263
1264 <note>
1265 This method implicitly calls <link to="IMachine::saveSettings"/> to
1266 save all current machine settings before unregistering it.
1267 </note>
1268
1269 <note>
1270 If the given machine is inaccessible (see
1271 <link to="IMachine::accessible"/>), it will be unregistered and
1272 fully uninitialized right afterwards. As a result, the returned
1273 machine object will be unusable and an attempt to call
1274 <b>any</b> method will return the "Object not ready" error.
1275 </note>
1276
1277 </desc>
1278 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
1279 <desc>UUID of the machine to unregister.</desc>
1280 </param>
1281 <param name="machine" type="IMachine" dir="return">
1282 <desc>Unregistered machine object.</desc>
1283 </param>
1284 </method>
1285
1286 <method name="createHardDisk">
1287 <desc>
1288
1289 Creates a new unregistered hard disk that will use the given
1290 storage type.
1291
1292 Most properties of the created hard disk object are
1293 uninitialized. Valid values must be assigned to them (and probalby
1294 some actions performed) to make the actual usage of this hard disk
1295 (<link to="#registerHardDisk()">register</link>, attach to a virtual
1296 machine, etc.). See the description of <link to="IHardDisk"/> and
1297 descriptions of storage type specific interfaces for more information.
1298
1299 <note>
1300 For hard disks using
1301 the <link
1302 to="HardDiskStorageType::VirtualDiskImage">VirtualDiskImage</link>
1303 storage type, an image file is not actually created until you call
1304 <link to="IVirtualDiskImage::createDynamicImage()"/> or
1305 <link to="IVirtualDiskImage::createFixedImage()"/>.
1306 </note>
1307
1308 </desc>
1309
1310 <param name="storageType" type="HardDiskStorageType" dir="in">
1311 <desc>Storage type of the hard disk image to create.</desc>
1312 </param>
1313 <param name="hardDisk" type="IHardDisk" dir="return">
1314 <desc>Created hard disk object of the given storage type.</desc>
1315 </param>
1316
1317 </method>
1318
1319 <method name="openHardDisk">
1320 <desc>
1321
1322 Opens a hard disk from an existing location.
1323
1324 This method tries to guess the
1325 <link to="HardDiskStorageType">hard disk storage type</link> from the
1326 format of the location string and from the contents of the resource the
1327 location points to. Currently, a <i>file path</i> is the only
1328 supported format for the location string which must point to either a
1329 VDI file or to a VMDK file. On success, an IHardDisk object will be
1330 returned that also implements the corresponding interface
1331 (IVirtualDiskImage or IVMDKImage, respectively). The
1332 <link to="IHardDisk::storageType"/> property may also be used to
1333 determine the storage type of the returned object (instead of trying
1334 to query one of these interfaces).
1335
1336 <note>
1337 The specified file path can be absolute (full path) or relative to
1338 the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder">VirtualBox home
1339 directory</link>. If only a file name without any path is given,
1340 the <link to="ISystemProperties::defaultVDIFolder"> default VDI
1341 folder</link> will be used as a path to the image file.
1342 </note>
1343
1344 The opened hard disk remains unregistered
1345 until <link to="#registerHardDisk()"/> is called.
1346
1347 </desc>
1348
1349 <param name="location" type="wstring" dir="in">
1350 <desc>
1351 Location of the resource that contains a valid hard disk.
1352 </desc>
1353 </param>
1354 <param name="hardDisk" type="IHardDisk" dir="return">
1355 <desc>Opened hard disk object.</desc>
1356 </param>
1357 </method>
1358
1359 <method name="openVirtualDiskImage">
1360 <desc>
1361
1362 Opens a hard disk from an existing Virtual Disk Image file.
1363 The opened hard disk remains unregistered
1364 until <link to="#registerHardDisk()"/> is called.
1365
1366 @deprecated Use <link to="IVirtualBox::openHardDisk()"/> instead.
1367
1368 <note>Opening differencing images is not supported.</note>
1369
1370 <note>The specified file path can be absolute (full path) or
1371 relative to the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder"> VirtualBox
1372 home directory</link>. If only a file name without any path is
1373 given, the <link to="ISystemProperties::defaultVDIFolder">
1374 default VDI folder</link> will be used as a path to the image
1375 file.</note>
1376
1377 </desc>
1378
1379 <param name="filePath" type="wstring" dir="in">
1380 <desc>
1381 Name of the file that contains a valid Virtual Disk Image.
1382 </desc>
1383 </param>
1384 <param name="image" type="IVirtualDiskImage" dir="return">
1385 <desc>Opened hard disk object.</desc>
1386 </param>
1387 </method>
1388
1389 <method name="registerHardDisk">
1390 <desc>
1391
1392 Registers the given hard disk within this VirtualBox
1393 installation. The hard disk must not be registered, must be
1394 <link to="IHardDisk::accessible"/> and must not be a
1395 differencing hard disk, otherwise the registration will fail.
1396
1397 </desc>
1398 <param name="hardDisk" type="IHardDisk" dir="in">
1399 <desc>Hard disk object to register.</desc>
1400 </param>
1401 </method>
1402
1403 <method name="getHardDisk" const="yes">
1404 <desc>
1405 Returns the registered hard disk with the given UUID.
1406 </desc>
1407 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
1408 <desc>UUID of the hard disk to look for.</desc>
1409 </param>
1410 <param name="hardDisk" type="IHardDisk" dir="return">
1411 <desc>Found hard disk object.</desc>
1412 </param>
1413 </method>
1414
1415 <method name="findHardDisk">
1416 <desc>
1417
1418 Returns a registered hard disk that uses the given location to
1419 store data. The search is done by comparing the
1420 value of the @a location argument to the
1421 <link to="IHardDisk::location"/> attribute of each registered
1422 hard disk.
1423
1424 For locations repesented by file paths (such as VDI and VMDK
1425 images), the specified location can be either an absolute file
1426 path or a path relative to
1427 the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder"> VirtualBox home
1428 directory</link>. If only a file name without any path is
1429 given, the <link to="ISystemProperties::defaultVDIFolder">
1430 default VDI folder</link> will be used as a path to construct
1431 the absolute image file name to search for. Note that on host
1432 systems with case sensitive filesystems, a case sensitive
1433 comparison is performed, otherwise the case of symbols in the
1434 file path is ignored.
1435
1436 </desc>
1437 <param name="location" type="wstring" dir="in">
1438 <desc>Hard disk location specification to search for.</desc>
1439 </param>
1440 <param name="hardDisk" type="IHardDisk" dir="return">
1441 <desc>Found hard disk object.</desc>
1442 </param>
1443 </method>
1444
1445 <method name="findVirtualDiskImage">
1446 <desc>
1447
1448 Returns a registered hard disk that uses the given image file.
1449
1450 @deprecated Use <link to="IVirtualBox::findHardDisk()"/> instead.
1451
1452 <note>The specified file path can be absolute (full path) or
1453 relative to the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder"> VirtualBox
1454 home directory</link>. If only a file name without any path is
1455 given, the <link to="ISystemProperties::defaultVDIFolder">
1456 default VDI folder</link> will be used as a path to the image
1457 file.</note>
1458
1459 <note>On host systems with case sensitive filesystems, a case
1460 sensitive comparison is performed, otherwise the case of symbols
1461 in the file path is ignored.</note>
1462
1463 </desc>
1464 <param name="filePath" type="wstring" dir="in">
1465 <desc>Virtual Disk Image file path to look for.</desc>
1466 </param>
1467 <param name="image" type="IVirtualDiskImage" dir="return">
1468 <desc>Found hard disk object.</desc>
1469 </param>
1470 </method>
1471
1472 <method name="unregisterHardDisk">
1473 <desc>
1474 Unregisters a hard disk previously registered using
1475 <link to="#registerHardDisk()"/>.
1476 <note>
1477 The specified hard disk must not be attached to any of
1478 the existing virtual machines and must not have children
1479 (differencing) hard disks.
1480 </note>
1481 </desc>
1482 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
1483 <desc>UUID of the hard disk to unregister.</desc>
1484 </param>
1485 <param name="hardDisk" type="IHardDisk" dir="return">
1486 <desc>Unregistered hard disk object.</desc>
1487 </param>
1488 </method>
1489
1490 <method name="openDVDImage">
1491 <desc>
1492 Opens the CD/DVD image contained in the specified file of
1493 the supported format and assigns it the given UUID. The opened
1494 image remains unregistered
1495 until <link to="#registerDVDImage()"/> is called.
1496 </desc>
1497 <param name="filePath" type="wstring" dir="in">
1498 <desc>
1499 Full name of the file that contains a valid
1500 CD/DVD image. Currently, only ISO images are supported.
1501 <note>
1502 The specified file name can be absolute or relative
1503 to the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder">
1504 VirtualBox home directory</link>.
1505 </note>
1506 </desc>
1507 </param>
1508 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
1509 <desc>
1510 UUID to assign to the given image file within this
1511 VirtualBox installation. If an empty (null) UUID is
1512 specified, the system will randomly generate an UUID.
1513 </desc>
1514 </param>
1515 <param name="image" type="IDVDImage" dir="return">
1516 <desc>Opened CD/DVD image object.</desc>
1517 </param>
1518 </method>
1519
1520 <method name="registerDVDImage">
1521 <desc>
1522 Registers a CD/DVD image within this VirtualBox
1523 installation. The image must not be registered and must not
1524 be associated with the same image file as any of the already
1525 registered images, otherwise the registration will fail.
1526 </desc>
1527 <param name="image" type="IDVDImage" dir="in">
1528 <desc>CD/DVD image object to register.</desc>
1529 </param>
1530 </method>
1531
1532 <method name="getDVDImage">
1533 <desc>
1534 Returns a registered CD/DVD image with the given UUID.
1535 </desc>
1536 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
1537 <desc>UUID of the image to look for.</desc>
1538 </param>
1539 <param name="image" type="IDVDImage" dir="return">
1540 <desc>Found CD/DVD image object.</desc>
1541 </param>
1542 </method>
1543
1544 <method name="findDVDImage">
1545 <desc>
1546 Returns a registered CD/DVD image with the given image file.
1547 <note>
1548 On host systems with case sensitive filesystems, a case
1549 sensitive comparison is performed, otherwise the case of
1550 symbols in the file path is ignored.
1551 </note>
1552 </desc>
1553 <param name="filePath" type="wstring" dir="in">
1554 <desc>CD/DVD image file path to look for.</desc>
1555 </param>
1556 <param name="image" type="IDVDImage" dir="return">
1557 <desc>Found CD/DVD image object.</desc>
1558 </param>
1559 </method>
1560
1561 <method name="getDVDImageUsage">
1562 <desc>
1563 Returns the list of of UUIDs of all virtual machines that use
1564 the given CD/DVD image.
1565 </desc>
1566 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
1567 <desc>UUID of the image to get the usage information for.</desc>
1568 </param>
1569 <param name="usage" type="ResourceUsage" dir="in">
1570 <desc>Type of the usage (permanent, temporary or all).</desc>
1571 </param>
1572 <param name="machineIDs" type="wstring" dir="return">
1573 <desc>
1574 List of UUIDs of all machines that use the given image
1575 in the way specified by the usage parameter.
1576 The list is returned as a string containing UUIDs separated
1577 by spaces. A null string means that the image is not used.
1578 <note>
1579 When the usage type is <link to="ResourceUsage::All"/> and the image
1580 is used by the VM both permanently and temporarily, the VM's UUID
1581 will be present only once in the list.
1582 </note>
1583 </desc>
1584 </param>
1585 </method>
1586
1587 <method name="unregisterDVDImage">
1588 <desc>
1589 Unregisters the CD/DVD image previously registered using
1590 <link to="#registerDVDImage()"/>.
1591 <note>
1592 The specified image must not be mounted to any of
1593 the existing virtual machines.
1594 </note>
1595 </desc>
1596 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
1597 <desc>UUID of the CD/DVD image to unregister.</desc>
1598 </param>
1599 <param name="image" type="IDVDImage" dir="return">
1600 <desc>Unregistered image object.</desc>
1601 </param>
1602 </method>
1603
1604 <method name="openFloppyImage">
1605 <desc>
1606 Opens a floppy image contained in the specified file of
1607 the supported format and assigns it the given UUID. The opened
1608 image remains unregistered
1609 until <link to="#registerFloppyImage()"/> is called.
1610 </desc>
1611 <param name="filePath" type="wstring" dir="in">
1612 <desc>
1613 Full name of the file that contains a valid
1614 floppy image.
1615 <note>
1616 The specified file name can be absolute or relative
1617 to the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder">
1618 VirtualBox home directory</link>.
1619 </note>
1620 </desc>
1621 </param>
1622 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
1623 <desc>
1624 UUID to assign to the given image file within this
1625 VirtualBox installation. If an empty (null) UUID is
1626 specified, the system will randomly generate an UUID.
1627 </desc>
1628 </param>
1629 <param name="image" type="IFloppyImage" dir="return">
1630 <desc>Opened CD/DVD image object.</desc>
1631 </param>
1632 </method>
1633
1634 <method name="registerFloppyImage">
1635 <desc>
1636 Registers a floppy image within this VirtualBox
1637 installation. The image must not be registered and must not
1638 be associated with the same image file as any of the already
1639 registered images, otherwise the registration will fail.
1640 </desc>
1641 <param name="image" type="IFloppyImage" dir="in">
1642 <desc>Floppy image object to register.</desc>
1643 </param>
1644 </method>
1645
1646 <method name="getFloppyImage">
1647 <desc>
1648 Returns a registered floppy image with the given UUID.
1649 </desc>
1650 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
1651 <desc>UUID of the image to look for.</desc>
1652 </param>
1653 <param name="image" type="IFloppyImage" dir="return">
1654 <desc>Found floppy image object.</desc>
1655 </param>
1656 </method>
1657
1658 <method name="findFloppyImage">
1659 <desc>
1660 Returns a registered floppy image with the given image file.
1661 <note>
1662 On host systems with case sensitive filesystems, a case
1663 sensitive comparison is performed, otherwise the case of
1664 symbols in the file path is ignored.
1665 </note>
1666 </desc>
1667 <param name="filePath" type="wstring" dir="in">
1668 <desc>Floppy image file path to look for.</desc>
1669 </param>
1670 <param name="image" type="IFloppyImage" dir="return">
1671 <desc>Found floppy image object.</desc>
1672 </param>
1673 </method>
1674
1675 <method name="getFloppyImageUsage">
1676 <desc>
1677 Returns the list of of UUIDs of all virtual machines that use
1678 the given floppy image.
1679 </desc>
1680 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
1681 <desc>UUID of the image to get the usage information for.</desc>
1682 </param>
1683 <param name="usage" type="ResourceUsage" dir="in">
1684 <desc>Type of the usage (permanent, temporary or all).</desc>
1685 </param>
1686 <param name="machineIDs" type="wstring" dir="return">
1687 <desc>
1688 List of UUIDs of all machines that use the given image
1689 in the way specified by the usage parameter.
1690 The list is returned as a string containing UUIDs separated
1691 by spaces. A null string means that the image is not used.
1692 <note>
1693 When the usage type is <link to="ResourceUsage::All"/> and the image
1694 is used by the VM both permanently and temporarily, the VM's UUID
1695 will be present only once in the list.
1696 </note>
1697 </desc>
1698 </param>
1699 </method>
1700
1701 <method name="unregisterFloppyImage">
1702 <desc>
1703 Unregisters the floppy image previously registered using
1704 <link to="#registerFloppyImage()"/>.
1705 <note>
1706 The specified image must not be mounted to any of
1707 the existing virtual machines.
1708 </note>
1709 </desc>
1710 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
1711 <desc>UUID of the floppy image to unregister.</desc>
1712 </param>
1713 <param name="image" type="IFloppyImage" dir="return">
1714 <desc>Unregistered image object.</desc>
1715 </param>
1716 </method>
1717
1718 <method name="getGuestOSType">
1719 <param name="id" type="wstring" dir="in"/>
1720 <param name="type" type="IGuestOSType" dir="return"/>
1721 </method>
1722
1723 <method name="createSharedFolder">
1724 <desc>
1725 Creates a new global shared folder by associating the given logical
1726 name with the given host path, adds it to the collection of shared
1727 folders and starts sharing it. Refer to the description of
1728 <link to="ISharedFolder"/> to read more about logical names.
1729 </desc>
1730 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
1731 <desc>Unique logical name of the shared folder.</desc>
1732 </param>
1733 <param name="hostPath" type="wstring" dir="in">
1734 <desc>Full path to the shared folder in the host file system.</desc>
1735 </param>
1736 <param name="writable" type="boolean" dir="in">
1737 <desc>Whether the share is writable or readonly</desc>
1738 </param>
1739 </method>
1740
1741 <method name="removeSharedFolder">
1742 <desc>
1743 Removes the global shared folder with the given name previously
1744 created by <link to="#createSharedFolder"/> from the collection of
1745 shared folders and stops sharing it.
1746 </desc>
1747 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
1748 <desc>Logical name of the shared folder to remove.</desc>
1749 </param>
1750 </method>
1751
1752 <method name="getNextExtraDataKey">
1753 <desc>
1754 Returns the global extra data key name following the supplied key.
1755
1756 An error is returned if the supplied @a key does not exist. @c NULL is
1757 returned in @a nextKey if the supplied key is the last key. When
1758 supplying @c NULL for the @a key, the first key item is returned in @a
1759 nextKey (if there is any). @a nextValue is an optional parameter and
1760 if supplied, the next key's value is returned in it.
1761 </desc>
1762 <param name="key" type="wstring" dir="in">
1763 <desc>Name of the data key to follow.</desc>
1764 </param>
1765 <param name="nextKey" type="wstring" dir="out">
1766 <desc>Name of the next data key.</desc>
1767 </param>
1768 <param name="nextValue" type="wstring" dir="out">
1769 <desc>Value of the next data key.</desc>
1770 </param>
1771 </method>
1772
1773 <method name="getExtraData">
1774 <desc>
1775 Returns associated global extra data.
1776
1777 If the reuqested data @a key does not exist, this function will
1778 succeed and return @c NULL in the @a value argument.
1779 </desc>
1780 <param name="key" type="wstring" dir="in">
1781 <desc>Name of the data key to get.</desc>
1782 </param>
1783 <param name="value" type="wstring" dir="return">
1784 <desc>Value of the requested data key.</desc>
1785 </param>
1786 </method>
1787
1788 <method name="setExtraData">
1789 <desc>
1790 Sets associated global extra data.
1791
1792 If you pass @c NULL as a key @a vaule, the given @a key will be
1793 deleted.
1794
1795 <note>
1796 Before performing the actual data change, this method will ask all
1797 registered callbacks using the
1798 <link to="IVirtualBoxCallback::onExtraDataCanChange()"/>
1799 notification for a permission. If one of the callbacks refuses the
1800 new value, the change will not be performed.
1801 </note>
1802 <note>
1803 On success, the
1804 <link to="IVirtualBoxCallback::onExtraDataChange()"/> notification
1805 is called to inform all registered callbacks about a successful data
1806 change.
1807 </note>
1808 </desc>
1809 <param name="key" type="wstring" dir="in">
1810 <desc>Name of the data key to set.</desc>
1811 </param>
1812 <param name="value" type="wstring" dir="in">
1813 <desc>Value to assign to the key.</desc>
1814 </param>
1815 </method>
1816
1817 <method name="openSession">
1818 <desc>
1819 Opens a new direct session with the given virtual machine.
1820
1821 Within the direct session context, it is possible to change
1822 all VM settings, as well as to execute the VM in the process
1823 space of the session object. There can be only one direct
1824 session open at a time for every virtual machine. In VirtualBox
1825 terminology, the machine becomes "mutable" after a session has
1826 been opened.
1827
1828 Upon successful return, the session object can be used to
1829 get access to the machine and to the VM console.
1830
1831 Note that the "mutable" machine object, on which you may want
1832 to invoke IMachine methods to change its settings, will be a
1833 different object from the immutable IMachine objects returned
1834 by various IVirtualBox methods. To obtain a mutable
1835 IMachine object, upon which you can invoke settings methods,
1836 use the "machine" attribute of the ISession object which represents
1837 your open session.
1838
1839 In other words, to change settings on a machine, the following
1840 sequence is typically performed:
1841
1842 <ol>
1843 <li>Call this method (openSession) to have a machine locked for
1844 the current session.</li>
1845
1846 <li>Obtain a mutable IMachine object from ISession::machine.</li>
1847
1848 <li>Change the settings of the machine.</li>
1849
1850 <li>Call IMachine::saveSettings.</li>
1851
1852 <li>Close the session by calling <link to="#close" />.</li>
1853 </ol>
1854 </desc>
1855 <param name="session" type="ISession" dir="in">
1856 <desc>
1857 Session object that will represent the opened session after
1858 successful method invocation. This object must not represent
1859 the already open session.
1860 <note>
1861 This session will be automatically closed if the
1862 VirtualBox server is terminated for some reason.
1863 </note>
1864 </desc>
1865 </param>
1866 <param name="machineId" type="uuid" dir="in">
1867 <desc>ID of the virtual machine to open a session with.</desc>
1868 </param>
1869 </method>
1870
1871 <method name="openRemoteSession">
1872 <desc>
1873 Opens a new remote session with the given virtual
1874 machine.
1875
1876 Opening a remote session causes the VirtualBox server to start a new
1877 process that opens a direct session with the given VM. The remote
1878 session provides some level of control over the VM execution to the
1879 caller (using the IConsole interface); however, within the remote
1880 session context, not all VM settings are available for modification.
1881
1882 This operation can take some time, so the progress object
1883 is returned to let the caller be informed when the session is
1884 actually open. Until then, the remote session object remains in
1885 the closed state and accessing the machine or its console through
1886 it is invalid.
1887
1888 Currently supported session types (values of the @a type
1889 argument) are:
1890 <ul>
1891 <li><tt>gui</tt>: VirtualBox Qt GUI session</li>
1892 <li><tt>vrdp</tt>: VirtualBox VRDP Server session</li>
1893 </ul>
1894
1895 The @a environment argument is a string containing definitions of
1896 environment variables in the following format:
1897 @code
1898 NAME[=VALUE]\n
1899 NAME[=VALUE]\n
1900 ...
1901 @endcode
1902 where <tt>\\n</tt> is the new line character. These environment
1903 variables will be appended to the environment of the VirtualBox server
1904 process. If an environment variable exists both in the server process
1905 and in this list, the value from this list takes precedence over the
1906 server's variable. If the value of the environment variable is
1907 omitted, this variable will be removed from the resulting environment.
1908 If the environment string is @c null, the server environment is
1909 inherited by the started process as is.
1910
1911 <note>
1912 It is an error to open a remote session with the machine
1913 that already has an open direct session or waits until the
1914 previous request to open the remote session is completed
1915 (see <link to="IMachine::sessionState"/>).
1916 </note>
1917
1918 <note>
1919 The opened @a session will be automatically closed when
1920 the corresponding direct session dies or gets closed.
1921 </note>
1922
1923 <see>openExistingSession</see>
1924 </desc>
1925 <param name="session" type="ISession" dir="in">
1926 <desc>
1927 Session object that will represent the opened remote session
1928 after successful method invocation (this object must not
1929 represent an already open session).
1930 </desc>
1931 </param>
1932 <param name="machineId" type="uuid" dir="in">
1933 <desc>ID of the virtual machine to open a session with.</desc>
1934 </param>
1935 <param name="type" type="wstring" dir="in">
1936 <desc>
1937 Type of the remote session (case sensitive).
1938 </desc>
1939 </param>
1940 <param name="environment" type="wstring" dir="in">
1941 <desc>
1942 Environment to pass to the opened session (may be @c null).
1943 </desc>
1944 </param>
1945 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
1946 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
1947 </param>
1948 </method>
1949
1950 <method name="openExistingSession">
1951 <desc>
1952 Opens a new remote session with the virtual machine for
1953 which a direct session is already open.
1954
1955 The remote session provides some level of control over the VM
1956 execution (using the IConsole interface) to the caller; however,
1957 within the remote session context, not all VM settings are available
1958 for modification.
1959
1960 As opposed to <link to="#openRemoteSession()"/>, the number of
1961 remote sessions opened this way is not limited by the API
1962
1963 <note>
1964 It is an error to open a remote session with the machine that
1965 doesn't have an open direct session.
1966 </note>
1967
1968 <see>openRemoteSession</see>
1969 </desc>
1970 <param name="session" type="ISession" dir="in">
1971 <desc>
1972 Session object that will represent the open remote session
1973 after successful method invocation. This object must not
1974 represent an already open session.
1975 <note>
1976 This session will be automatically closed when the peer
1977 (direct) session dies or gets closed.
1978 </note>
1979 </desc>
1980 </param>
1981 <param name="machineId" type="uuid" dir="in">
1982 <desc>ID of the virtual machine to open a session with.</desc>
1983 </param>
1984 </method>
1985
1986 <method name="registerCallback">
1987 <desc>
1988 Registers a new global VirtualBox callback. The methods of the given
1989 callback object will be called by VirtualBox when an appropriate
1990 event occurs.
1991 </desc>
1992 <param name="callback" type="IVirtualBoxCallback" dir="in">
1993 <desc>Callback object to register.</desc>
1994 </param>
1995 </method>
1996
1997 <method name="unregisterCallback">
1998 <desc>
1999 Unregisters the previously registered global VirtualBox callback.
2000 </desc>
2001 <param name="callback" type="IVirtualBoxCallback" dir="in">
2002 <desc>Callback object to unregister.</desc>
2003 </param>
2004 </method>
2005
2006 <method name="waitForPropertyChange">
2007 <desc>
2008 Blocks the caller until any of the properties represented by the @a
2009 what argument changes the value or until the given timeout interval
2010 expires.
2011
2012 The @a what argument is a comma separated list of propertiy masks that
2013 describe properties the caller is interested in. The property mask is
2014 a string in the following format:
2015
2016 @code
2017 [[group.]subgroup.]name
2018 @endcode
2019
2020 where @c name is the property name and @c group, @c subgroup are zero
2021 or or more property group specifiers. Each element (group or name) in
2022 the property mask may be either a latin string or an asterisk symbol
2023 (@c "*") which is used to match any string for the given element. A
2024 property mask that doesn't contain asterisk symbols represents a
2025 single fully qualified property name.
2026
2027 Groups in the fully qualified property name go from more generic (the
2028 left-most part) to more specific (the right-most part). The first
2029 element is usually a name of the object the property belongs to. The
2030 second element may be either a property name, or a child object name,
2031 or an index if the preceeding element names an object which is one of
2032 many objects of the same type. This way, property names form a
2033 hierarchy of properties. Here are some examples of property names:
2034
2035 <table>
2036 <tr>
2037 <td><tt>VirtualBox.version</tt></td>
2038 <td><link to="IVirtualBox::version"/> property</td>
2039 </tr>
2040 <tr>
2041 <td><tt>Machine.&lt;UUID&gt;.name</tt></td>
2042 <td><link to="IMachine::name"/> property of the machine with the
2043 given UUID</td>
2044 </tr>
2045 </table>
2046
2047 Most property names directly correspond to the properties of objects
2048 (components) provided by the VirtualBox library and may be used to
2049 track changes to these properties. However, there may be
2050 pseudo-property names that don't correspond to any existing object's
2051 property directly, as well as there may be object properties that
2052 don't have a corresponding property name that is understood by this
2053 method, and therefore changes to such properties cannot be
2054 tracked. See individual object's property descrcriptions to get a
2055 fully qualified property name that can be used with this method (if
2056 any).
2057
2058 There is a special property mask @c "*" (i.e. a string consisting of a
2059 single asterisk symbol) that can be used to match all properties.
2060 Below are more examples of property masks:
2061
2062 <table>
2063 <tr>
2064 <td><tt>VirtualBox.*</tt></td>
2065 <td>Track all properties of the VirtualBox object</td>
2066 </tr>
2067 <tr>
2068 <td><tt>Machine.*.name</tt></td>
2069 <td>Track changes to the <link to="IMachine::name"/> property of
2070 all registered virtual machines</td>
2071 </tr>
2072 </table>
2073
2074 </desc>
2075 <param name="what" type="wstring" dir="in">
2076 <desc>Comma separated list of property masks.</desc>
2077 </param>
2078 <param name="timeout" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
2079 <desc>
2080 Wait timeout in milliseconds.
2081 Specify -1 for an indefinite wait.
2082 </desc>
2083 </param>
2084 <param name="changed" type="wstring" dir="out">
2085 <desc>
2086 Comma separated list of properties that have been changed and caused
2087 this method to return to the caller.
2088 </desc>
2089 </param>
2090 <param name="values" type="wstring" dir="out">
2091 <desc>Reserved, not currently used.</desc>
2092 </param>
2093 </method>
2094
2095 <method name="saveSettings">
2096 <desc>
2097 Saves the global settings to the global settings file
2098 (<link to="#settingsFilePath"/>).
2099
2100 This method is only useful for explicitly saving the global settings
2101 file after it has been auto-converted from the old format to the most
2102 recent format (see <link to="#settingsFileVersion"/> for details).
2103 Normally, the global settings file is implicitly saved when a global
2104 setting is changed.
2105 </desc>
2106 </method>
2107
2108 <method name="saveSettingsWithBackup">
2109 <desc>
2110 Creates a backup copy of the global settings file
2111 (<link to="#settingsFilePath"/>) in case of auto-conversion, and then
2112 calls <link to="#saveSettings()"/>.
2113
2114 Note that the backup copy is created <b>only</b> if the settings file
2115 auto-conversion took place (see <link to="#settingsFileVersion"/> for
2116 details). Otherwise, this call is fully equivalent to
2117 <link to="#saveSettings()"/> and no backup copying is done.
2118
2119 The backup copy is created in the same directory where the original
2120 settings file is located. It is given the following file name:
2121 <pre>
2122 original.xml.x.y-platform.bak
2123 </pre>
2124 where <tt>original.xml</tt> is the original settings file name
2125 (excluding path), and <tt>x.y-platform</tt> is the version of the old
2126 format of the settings file (before auto-conversion).
2127
2128 If the given backup file already exists, this method will try to add the
2129 <tt>.N</tt> suffix to the backup file name (where <tt>N</tt> counts from
2130 0 to 9) and copy it again until it succeeds. If all suffixes are
2131 occupied, or if any other copy error occurs, this method will return a
2132 failure.
2133
2134 If the copy operation succeeds, the @a bakFileName return argument will
2135 receive a full path to the created backup file (for informational
2136 purposes). Note that this will happen even if the subsequent
2137 <link to="#saveSettings()"/> call performed by this method after the
2138 copy operation, fails.
2139
2140 <note>
2141 The VirtualBox API never calls this method. It is intended purely for
2142 the purposes of creating backup copies of the settings files by
2143 front-ends before saving the results of the automatically performed
2144 settings conversion to disk.
2145 </note>
2146
2147 <see>settingsFileVersion</see>
2148 </desc>
2149 <param name="bakFileName" type="wstring" dir="return">
2150 <desc>Full path to the created backup copy.</desc>
2151 </param>
2152 </method>
2153
2154 </interface>
2155
2156 <!--
2157 // IMachine
2158 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
2159 -->
2160
2161 <enumerator
2162 name="IMachineEnumerator" type="IMachine"
2163 uuid="1b554149-be0a-4465-9252-9ff8f420af55"
2164 />
2165
2166 <collection
2167 name="IMachineCollection" type="IMachine" enumerator="IMachineEnumerator"
2168 uuid="FD443EC1-3007-4F5B-9282-D72760A66916"
2169 readonly="yes"
2170 />
2171
2172 <interface
2173 name="IInternalMachineControl" extends="$unknown"
2174 uuid="1063893c-4c38-4304-aee9-73e072c181cc"
2175 internal="yes"
2176 wsmap="suppress"
2177 >
2178 <method name="updateState">
2179 <desc>
2180 Updates the VM state.
2181 <note>
2182 This operation will also update the settings file with
2183 the correct information about the saved state file
2184 and delete this file from disk when appropriate.
2185 </note>
2186 </desc>
2187 <param name="state" type="MachineState" dir="in"/>
2188 </method>
2189
2190 <method name="getIPCId">
2191 <param name="id" type="wstring" dir="return"/>
2192 </method>
2193
2194 <method name="runUSBDeviceFilters">
2195 <desc>
2196 Asks the server to run USB devices filters of the associated
2197 machine against the given USB device and tell if there is
2198 a match.
2199 <note>
2200 Intended to be used only for remote USB devices. Local
2201 ones don't require to call this method (this is done
2202 implicitly by the Host and USBProxyService).
2203 </note>
2204 </desc>
2205 <param name="device" type="IUSBDevice" dir="in"/>
2206 <param name="matched" type="boolean" dir="out"/>
2207 <param name="maskedInterfaces" type="unsigned long" dir="out"/>
2208 </method>
2209
2210 <method name="captureUSBDevice">
2211 <desc>
2212 Requests a capture of the given host USB device.
2213 When the request is completed, the VM process will
2214 get a <link to="IInternalSessionControl::onUSBDeviceAttach"/>
2215 notification.
2216 </desc>
2217 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in"/>
2218 </method>
2219
2220 <method name="detachUSBDevice">
2221 <desc>
2222 Notification that a VM is going to detach (done = false) or has
2223 already detached (done = true) the given USB device.
2224 When the done = true request is completed, the VM process will
2225 get a <link to="IInternalSessionControl::onUSBDeviceDetach"/>
2226 notification.
2227 <note>
2228 In the done = true case, the server must run its own filters
2229 and filters of all VMs but this one on the detached device
2230 as if it were just attached to the host computer.
2231 </note>
2232 </desc>
2233 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in"/>
2234 <param name="done" type="boolean" dir="in"/>
2235 </method>
2236
2237 <method name="autoCaptureUSBDevices">
2238 <desc>
2239 Requests a capture all matching USB devices attached to the host.
2240 When the request is completed, the VM process will
2241 get a <link to="IInternalSessionControl::onUSBDeviceAttach"/>
2242 notification per every captured device.
2243 </desc>
2244 </method>
2245
2246 <method name="detachAllUSBDevices">
2247 <desc>
2248 Notification that a VM that is being powered down. The done
2249 parameter indicates whether which stage of the power down
2250 we're at. When done = false the VM is announcing its
2251 intentions, while when done = true the VM is reporting
2252 what it has done.
2253 <note>
2254 In the done = true case, the server must run its own filters
2255 and filters of all VMs but this one on all detach devices as
2256 if they were just attached to the host computer.
2257 </note>
2258 </desc>
2259 <param name="done" type="boolean" dir="in"/>
2260 </method>
2261
2262 <method name="onSessionEnd">
2263 <desc>
2264 Triggered by the given session object when the session is about
2265 to close normally.
2266 </desc>
2267 <param name="session" type="ISession" dir="in">
2268 <desc>Session that is being closed</desc>
2269 </param>
2270 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
2271 <desc>
2272 Used to wait until the corresponding machine is actually
2273 deassociated from the given session on the server.
2274 Returned only when this session is a direct one.
2275 </desc>
2276 </param>
2277 </method>
2278
2279 <method name="beginSavingState">
2280 <desc>
2281 Called by the VM process to inform the server it wants to
2282 save the current state and stop the VM execution.
2283 </desc>
2284 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="in">
2285 <desc>
2286 Progress object created by the VM process to wait until
2287 the state is saved.
2288 </desc>
2289 </param>
2290 <param name="stateFilePath" type="wstring" dir="out">
2291 <desc>
2292 File path the VM process must save the execution state to.
2293 </desc>
2294 </param>
2295 </method>
2296
2297 <method name="endSavingState">
2298 <desc>
2299 Called by the VM process to inform the server that saving
2300 the state previously requested by #beginSavingState is either
2301 successfully finished or there was a failure.
2302 </desc>
2303
2304 <param name="success" type="boolean" dir="in">
2305 <desc><tt>true</tt> to indicate success and <tt>false</tt> otherwise</desc>
2306 </param>
2307 </method>
2308
2309 <method name="adoptSavedState">
2310 <desc>
2311 Gets called by IConsole::adoptSavedState.
2312 </desc>
2313 <param name="savedStateFile" type="wstring" dir="in">
2314 <desc>Path to the saved state file to adopt.</desc>
2315 </param>
2316 </method>
2317
2318 <method name="beginTakingSnapshot">
2319 <desc>
2320 Called by the VM process to inform the server it wants to
2321 take a snapshot.
2322 </desc>
2323 <param name="initiator" type="IConsole" dir="in">
2324 <desc>The console object that initiated this call.</desc>
2325 </param>
2326 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
2327 <desc>Snapshot name</desc>
2328 </param>
2329 <param name="description" type="wstring" dir="in">
2330 <desc>Snapshot description</desc>
2331 </param>
2332 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="in">
2333 <desc>
2334 Progress object created by the VM process to wait until
2335 the state is saved (only for online snapshots).
2336 </desc>
2337 </param>
2338 <param name="stateFilePath" type="wstring" dir="out">
2339 <desc>
2340 File path the VM process must save the execution state to.
2341 </desc>
2342 </param>
2343 <param name="serverProgress" type="IProgress" dir="out">
2344 <desc>
2345 Progress object created by the server process to wait until
2346 the snapshot is taken (VDI diff creation, etc.).
2347 </desc>
2348 </param>
2349 </method>
2350
2351 <method name="endTakingSnapshot">
2352 <desc>
2353 Called by the VM process to inform the server that the snapshot
2354 previously requested by #beginTakingSnapshot is either
2355 successfully taken or there was a failure.
2356 </desc>
2357
2358 <param name="success" type="boolean" dir="in">
2359 <desc><tt>true</tt> to indicate success and <tt>false</tt> otherwise</desc>
2360 </param>
2361 </method>
2362
2363 <method name="discardSnapshot">
2364 <desc>
2365 Gets called by IConsole::discardSnapshot.
2366 </desc>
2367 <param name="initiator" type="IConsole" dir="in">
2368 <desc>The console object that initiated this call.</desc>
2369 </param>
2370 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
2371 <desc>UUID of the snapshot to discard.</desc>
2372 </param>
2373 <param name="machineState" type="MachineState" dir="out">
2374 <desc>New machine state after this operation is started.</desc>
2375 </param>
2376 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
2377 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
2378 </param>
2379 </method>
2380
2381 <method name="discardCurrentState">
2382 <desc>
2383 Gets called by IConsole::discardCurrentState.
2384 </desc>
2385 <param name="initiator" type="IConsole" dir="in">
2386 <desc>The console object that initiated this call.</desc>
2387 </param>
2388 <param name="machineState" type="MachineState" dir="out">
2389 <desc>New machine state after this operation is started.</desc>
2390 </param>
2391 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
2392 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
2393 </param>
2394 </method>
2395
2396 <method name="discardCurrentSnapshotAndState">
2397 <desc>
2398 Gets called by IConsole::discardCurrentSnapshotAndState.
2399 </desc>
2400 <param name="initiator" type="IConsole" dir="in">
2401 <desc>The console object that initiated this call.</desc>
2402 </param>
2403 <param name="machineState" type="MachineState" dir="out">
2404 <desc>New machine state after this operation is started.</desc>
2405 </param>
2406 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
2407 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
2408 </param>
2409 </method>
2410
2411 </interface>
2412
2413 <interface
2414 name="IBIOSSettings" extends="$unknown"
2415 uuid="38b54279-dc35-4f5e-a431-835b867c6b5e"
2416 wsmap="struct"
2417 >
2418 <desc>
2419 The IBIOSSettings interface represents BIOS settings of the virtual
2420 machine. This is used only in the <link to="IMachine::BIOSSettings" /> attribute.
2421
2422 <note>With the COM API, this is an interface like all the others. With the webservice,
2423 this is mapped to a structure, so querying the attribute will not return an object,
2424 but a complete structure.</note>
2425 </desc>
2426 <attribute name="logoFadeIn" type="boolean">
2427 <desc>Fade in flag for BIOS logo animation.</desc>
2428 </attribute>
2429
2430 <attribute name="logoFadeOut" type="boolean">
2431 <desc>Fade out flag for BIOS logo animation.</desc>
2432 </attribute>
2433
2434 <attribute name="logoDisplayTime" type="unsigned long">
2435 <desc>BIOS logo display time in milliseconds (0 = default).</desc>
2436 </attribute>
2437
2438 <attribute name="logoImagePath" type="wstring">
2439 <desc>Local file system path for external BIOS image.</desc>
2440 </attribute>
2441
2442 <attribute name="bootMenuMode" type="BIOSBootMenuMode">
2443 <desc>Mode of the BIOS boot device menu.</desc>
2444 </attribute>
2445
2446 <attribute name="ACPIEnabled" type="boolean">
2447 <desc>ACPI support flag.</desc>
2448 </attribute>
2449
2450 <attribute name="IOAPICEnabled" type="boolean">
2451 <desc>
2452 IO APIC support flag. If set, VirtualBox will provide an IO APIC
2453 and support IRQs above 15.
2454 </desc>
2455 </attribute>
2456
2457 <attribute name="timeOffset" type="long long">
2458 <desc>
2459 Offset in milliseconds from the host system time. This allows for
2460 guests running with a different system date/time than the host.
2461 It is equivalent to setting the system date/time in the BIOS other
2462 than it's not an absolute value but a relative one. Guest Additions
2463 time synchronization also honors this offset.
2464 </desc>
2465 </attribute>
2466
2467 <attribute name="PXEDebugEnabled" type="boolean">
2468 <desc>
2469 PXE debug logging flag. If set, VirtualBox will write extensive
2470 PXE trace information to the release log.
2471 </desc>
2472 </attribute>
2473
2474 <attribute name="IDEControllerType" type="IDEControllerType">
2475 <desc>
2476 Type of the virtual IDE controller. Depending on this value,
2477 VirtualBox will provide different virtual IDE hardware
2478 devices to the guest.
2479 </desc>
2480 </attribute>
2481
2482 </interface>
2483
2484 <interface
2485 name="IMachine" extends="$unknown"
2486 uuid="f95c0793-7737-49a1-85d9-6da81097173b"
2487 wsmap="managed"
2488 >
2489 <desc>
2490 The IMachine interface represents a virtual machine, or guest, created
2491 in VirtualBox.
2492
2493 This interface is used in two contexts. First of all, a collection of
2494 objects implementing this interface is stored in the
2495 <link to="IVirtualBox::machines"/> attribute which lists all the virtual
2496 machines that are currently registered with this VirtualBox
2497 installation. Also, once a session has been opened for the given virtual
2498 machine (e.g. the virtual machine is running), the machine object
2499 associated with the open session can be queried from the session object;
2500 see <link to="ISession"/> for details.
2501
2502 The main role of this interface is to expose the settings of the virtual
2503 machine and provide methods to change various aspects of the virtual
2504 machine's configuration. For machine objects stored in the
2505 <link to="IVirtualBox::machines"/> collection, all attributes are
2506 read-only unless explicitely stated otherwise in individual attribute
2507 and method descriptions. In order to change a machine setting, a session
2508 for this machine must be opened using one of
2509 <link to="IVirtualBox::openSession"/>,
2510 <link to="IVirtualBox::openRemoteSession"/> or
2511 <link to="IVirtualBox::openExistingSession"/> methdods. After the
2512 session has been successfully opened, a mutable machine object needs to
2513 be queried from the session object and then the desired settings changes
2514 can be applied to the returned object using IMachine attributes and
2515 methods. See the ISession interface description for more information
2516 about sessions.
2517
2518 Note that the IMachine interface does not provide methods to control
2519 virtual machine execution (such as start the machine, or power it
2520 down) -- these methods are grouped in a separate IConsole
2521 interface. Refer to the IConsole interface description to get more
2522 information about this topic.
2523
2524 <see>ISession, IConsole</see>
2525 </desc>
2526
2527 <attribute name="parent" type="IVirtualBox" readonly="yes">
2528 <desc>Associated parent obect.</desc>
2529 </attribute>
2530
2531 <attribute name="accessible" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
2532 <desc>
2533 Whether this virtual machine is currently accessible or not.
2534
2535 The machine is considered to be inaccessible when:
2536 <ul>
2537 <li>It is a registered virtual machine, and
2538 </li>
2539 <li>Its settings file is inaccessible (for example, it is
2540 located on a network share that is not accessible during
2541 VirtualBox startup, or becomes inaccessible later, or if
2542 the settings file can be read but is invalid).
2543 </li>
2544 </ul>
2545
2546 Otherwise, the value of this property is always <tt>true</tt>.
2547
2548 Every time this property is read, the accessibility state of
2549 this machine is re-evaluated. If the returned value is |false|,
2550 the <link to="#accessError"/> property may be used to get the
2551 detailed error information describing the reason of
2552 inaccessibility.
2553
2554 When the machine is inaccessible, only the following properties
2555 can be used on it:
2556 <ul>
2557 <li><link to="#parent"/></li>
2558 <li><link to="#id"/></li>
2559 <li><link to="#settingsFilePath"/></li>
2560 <li><link to="#accessible"/></li>
2561 <li><link to="#accessError"/></li>
2562 </ul>
2563
2564 An attempt to access any other property or method will return
2565 an error.
2566
2567 The only possible action you can perform on an inaccessible
2568 machine is to unregister it using the
2569 <link to="IVirtualBox::unregisterMachine"/> call (or, to check
2570 for the accessibility state once more by querying this
2571 property).
2572
2573 <note>
2574 In the current implementation, once this property returns
2575 <tt>true</tt>, the machine will never become inaccessible
2576 later, even if its settings file cannot be successfully
2577 read/written any more (at least, until the VirtualBox
2578 server is restarted). This limitation may be removed in
2579 future releases.
2580 </note>
2581 </desc>
2582 </attribute>
2583
2584 <attribute name="accessError" type="IVirtualBoxErrorInfo" readonly="yes">
2585 <desc>
2586 Error information describing the reason of machine
2587 inaccessibility.
2588
2589 Reading this property is only valid after the last call to
2590 <link to="#accessible"/> returned <tt>false</tt> (i.e. the
2591 machine is currently unaccessible). Otherwise, a null
2592 IVirtualBoxErrorInfo object will be returned.
2593 </desc>
2594 </attribute>
2595
2596 <attribute name="name" type="wstring">
2597 <desc>
2598 Name of the virtual machine.
2599
2600 Besides being used for human-readable identification purposes
2601 everywhere in VirtualBox, the virtual machine name is also used
2602 as a name of the machine's settings file and as a name of the
2603 subdirectory this settings file resides in. Thus, every time you
2604 change the value of this property, the settings file will be
2605 renamed once you call <link to="#saveSettings()"/> to confirm the
2606 change. The containing subdirectory will be also renamed, but
2607 only if it has exactly the same name as the settings file
2608 itself prior to changing this property (for backward compatibility
2609 with previous API releases). The above implies the following
2610 limitations:
2611 <ul>
2612 <li>The machine name cannot be empty.</li>
2613 <li>The machine name can contain only characters that are valid
2614 file name characters according to the rules of the file
2615 system used to store VirtualBox configuration.</li>
2616 <li>You cannot have two or more machines with the same name
2617 if they use the same subdirectory for storing the machine
2618 settings files.</li>
2619 <li>You cannot change the name of the machine if it is running,
2620 or if any file in the directory containing the settings file
2621 is being used by another running machine or by any other
2622 process in the host operating system at a time when
2623 <link to="#saveSettings()"/> is called.
2624 </li>
2625 </ul>
2626 If any of the above limitations are hit, <link to="#saveSettings()"/>
2627 will return an appropriate error message explaining the exact
2628 reason and the changes you made to this machine will not be
2629 saved.
2630 <note>
2631 For "legacy" machines created using the
2632 <link to="IVirtualBox::createLegacyMachine()"/> call,
2633 the above naming limitations do not apply because the
2634 machine name does not affect the settings file name.
2635 The settings file name remains the same as it was specified
2636 during machine creation and never changes.
2637 </note>
2638 </desc>
2639 </attribute>
2640
2641 <attribute name="description" type="wstring">
2642 <desc>
2643 Description of the virtual machine.
2644
2645 The description attribute can contain any text and is
2646 typically used to describe the hardware and software
2647 configuration of the virtual machine in detail (i.e. network
2648 settings, versions of the installed software and so on).
2649 </desc>
2650 </attribute>
2651
2652 <attribute name="id" type="uuid" readonly="yes">
2653 <desc>UUID of the virtual machine.</desc>
2654 </attribute>
2655
2656 <attribute name="OSTypeId" type="wstring">
2657 <desc>
2658 User-defined identifier of the Guest OS type.
2659 You may use <link to="IVirtualBox::getGuestOSType"/> to obtain
2660 an IGuestOSType object representing details about the given
2661 Guest OS type.
2662 <note>
2663 This value may differ from the value returned by
2664 <link to="IGuest::OSTypeId"/> if Guest Additions are
2665 installed to the guest OS.
2666 </note>
2667 </desc>
2668 </attribute>
2669
2670 <attribute name="memorySize" type="unsigned long">
2671 <desc>System memory size in megabytes.</desc>
2672 </attribute>
2673
2674 <attribute name="memoryBalloonSize" type="unsigned long">
2675 <desc>Initial memory balloon size in megabytes.</desc>
2676 </attribute>
2677
2678 <attribute name="statisticsUpdateInterval" type="unsigned long">
2679 <desc>Initial interval to update guest statistics in seconds.</desc>
2680 </attribute>
2681
2682 <attribute name="VRAMSize" type="unsigned long">
2683 <desc>Video memory size in megabytes.</desc>
2684 </attribute>
2685
2686 <attribute name="MonitorCount" type="unsigned long">
2687 <desc>
2688 Number of virtual monitors.
2689 <note>
2690 Only effective on Windows XP and later guests with
2691 Guest Additions installed.
2692 </note>
2693 </desc>
2694 </attribute>
2695
2696 <attribute name="BIOSSettings" type="IBIOSSettings" readonly="yes">
2697 <desc>Object containing all BIOS settings.</desc>
2698 </attribute>
2699
2700 <attribute name="HWVirtExEnabled" type="TSBool">
2701 <desc>
2702 This setting determines whether VirtualBox will try to make use of
2703 the host CPU's hardware virtualization extensions such as Intel VT-x
2704 and AMD-V. Note that in case such extensions are not available,
2705 they will not be used.
2706 </desc>
2707 </attribute>
2708
2709 <attribute name="PAEEnabled" type="boolean" default="false">
2710 <desc>
2711 This setting determines whether VirtualBox will expose the Physical Address
2712 Extension (PAE) feature of the host CPU to the guest. Note that in case PAE
2713 is not available, it will not be reported.
2714 </desc>
2715 </attribute>
2716
2717 <attribute name="snapshotFolder" type="wstring">
2718 <desc>
2719 Full path to the directory used to store snapshot data
2720 (difrerencing hard disks and saved state files) of this machine.
2721
2722 The initial value of this property is
2723 <tt>&lt;</tt><link to="#settingsFilePath">
2724 path_to_settings_file</link><tt>&gt;/&lt;</tt>
2725 <link to="#id">machine_uuid</link>
2726 <tt>&gt;</tt>.
2727
2728 Currently, it is an error to try to change this property on
2729 a machine that has snapshots (because this would require to
2730 move possibly large files to a different location).
2731 A separate method will be available for this purpose later.
2732
2733 <note>
2734 Setting this property to <tt>null</tt> will restore the
2735 initial value.
2736 </note>
2737 <note>
2738 When setting this property, the specified path can be
2739 absolute (full path) or relative to the directory where the
2740 <link to="#settingsFilePath">machine settings file</link>
2741 is located. When reading this property, a full path is
2742 always returned.
2743 </note>
2744 <note>
2745 The specified path may not exist, it will be created
2746 when necessary.
2747 </note>
2748 </desc>
2749 </attribute>
2750
2751 <attribute name="VRDPServer" type="IVRDPServer" readonly="yes">
2752 <desc>VRDP server object.</desc>
2753 </attribute>
2754
2755 <attribute name="hardDiskAttachments" type="IHardDiskAttachmentCollection" readonly="yes">
2756 <desc>Collection of hard disks attached to the machine.</desc>
2757 </attribute>
2758
2759 <attribute name="DVDDrive" type="IDVDDrive" readonly="yes">
2760 <desc>Associated DVD drive object.</desc>
2761 </attribute>
2762
2763 <attribute name="FloppyDrive" type="IFloppyDrive" readonly="yes">
2764 <desc>Associated floppy drive object.</desc>
2765 </attribute>
2766
2767 <attribute name="USBController" type="IUSBController" readonly="yes">
2768 <desc>
2769 Associated USB controller object.
2770
2771 <note>
2772 This method may set a @ref com_warnings "warning result code".
2773 </note>
2774 <note>
2775 If USB functionality is not avaliable in the given edition of
2776 VirtualBox, this method will set the result code to @c E_NOTIMPL.
2777 </note>
2778 </desc>
2779 </attribute>
2780
2781 <attribute name="audioAdapter" type="IAudioAdapter" readonly="yes">
2782 <desc>Associated audio adapter, always present.</desc>
2783 </attribute>
2784
2785 <attribute name="SATAController" type="ISATAController" readonly="yes">
2786 <desc>
2787 Associated SATA controller object.
2788 </desc>
2789 </attribute>
2790
2791 <attribute name="settingsFilePath" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
2792 <desc>
2793 Full name of the file containing machine settings data.
2794 </desc>
2795 </attribute>
2796
2797 <attribute name="settingsFileVersion" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
2798 <desc>
2799 Current version of the format of the settings file of this machine
2800 (<link to="#settingsFilePath"/>).
2801
2802 The version string has the following format:
2803 <pre>
2804 x.y-platform
2805 </pre>
2806 where <tt>x</tt> and <tt>y</tt> are the major and the minor format
2807 versions, and <tt>platform</tt> is the platform identifier.
2808
2809 The current version usually matches the value of the
2810 <link to="IVirtualBox::settingsFormatVersion"/> attribute unless the
2811 settings file was created by an older version of VirtualBox and there
2812 was a change of the settings file format since then.
2813
2814 Note that VirtualBox automatically converts settings files from older
2815 versions to the most recent version when reading them (usually at
2816 VirtualBox startup) but it doesn't save the changes back until
2817 you call a method that implicitly saves settings (such as
2818 <link to="#setExtraData()"/>) or call <link to="#saveSettings()"/>
2819 explicitly. Therefore, if the value of this attribute differs from the
2820 value of <link to="IVirtualBox::settingsFormatVersion"/>, then it
2821 means that the settings file was converted but the result of the
2822 conversion is not yet saved to disk.
2823
2824 The above feature may be used by interactive front-ends to inform users
2825 about the settings file format change and offer them to explicitly save
2826 all converted settings files (the global and VM-specific ones),
2827 optionally create bacup copies of the old settings files before saving,
2828 etc.
2829
2830 <see>IVirtualBox::settingsFormatVersion, saveSettingsWithBackup()</see>
2831 </desc>
2832 </attribute>
2833
2834 <attribute name="settingsModified" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
2835 <desc>
2836 Whether the settings of this machine have been modified
2837 (but neither yet saved nor discarded).
2838 <note>
2839 Reading this property is only valid on instances returned
2840 by <link to="ISession::machine"/> and on new machines
2841 created by <link to="IVirtualBox::createMachine"/> or opened
2842 by <link to="IVirtualBox::openMachine"/> but not
2843 yet registered, or on unregistered machines after calling
2844 <link to="IVirtualBox::unregisterMachine"/>. For all other
2845 cases, the settigs can never be modified.
2846 </note>
2847 <note>
2848 For newly created unregistered machines, the value of this
2849 property is always TRUE until <link to="#saveSettings()"/>
2850 is called (no matter if any machine settings have been
2851 changed after the creation or not). For opened machines
2852 the value is set to FALSE (and then follows to normal rules).
2853 </note>
2854 </desc>
2855 </attribute>
2856
2857 <attribute name="sessionState" type="SessionState" readonly="yes">
2858 <desc>Current session state for this machine.</desc>
2859 </attribute>
2860
2861 <attribute name="sessionType" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
2862 <desc>
2863 Type of the session. If <link to="#sessionState"/> is
2864 SessionSpawning or SessionOpen, this attribute contains the
2865 same value as passed to the
2866 <link to="IVirtualBox::openRemoteSession()"/> method in the @a
2867 type parameter. If the session was opened directly using
2868 <link to="IVirtualBox::openSession()"/>, or if
2869 <link to="#sessionState"/> is SessionClosed, the value of this
2870 attribute is @c null.
2871 </desc>
2872 </attribute>
2873
2874 <attribute name="sessionPid" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
2875 <desc>
2876 Identifier of the session process. This attribute contains the
2877 platform-dependent identifier of the process that has opened a
2878 direct session for this machine using the
2879 <link to="IVirtualBox::openSession()"/> call. The returned value
2880 is only valid if <link to="#sessionState"/> is SessionOpen or
2881 SessionClosing (i.e. a session is currently open or being
2882 closed) by the time this property is read.
2883 </desc>
2884 </attribute>
2885
2886 <attribute name="state" type="MachineState" readonly="yes">
2887 <desc>Current execution state of this machine.</desc>
2888 </attribute>
2889
2890 <attribute name="lastStateChange" type="long long" readonly="yes">
2891 <desc>
2892 Time stamp of the last execution state change,
2893 in milliseconds since 1970-01-01 UTC.
2894 </desc>
2895 </attribute>
2896
2897 <attribute name="stateFilePath" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
2898 <desc>
2899 Full path to the file that stores the execution state of
2900 the machine when it is in the <link to="MachineState::Saved"/>
2901 state.
2902 <note>
2903 When the machine is not in the Saved state, this attribute
2904 <tt>null</tt>.
2905 </note>
2906 </desc>
2907 </attribute>
2908
2909 <attribute name="logFolder" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
2910 <desc>
2911 Full path to the folder that stores a set of rotated log files
2912 recorded during machine execution. The most recent log file is
2913 named <tt>VBox.log</tt>, the previous log file is
2914 named <tt>VBox.log.1</tt> and so on (upto <tt>VBox.log.3</tt>
2915 in the current version).
2916 </desc>
2917 </attribute>
2918
2919 <attribute name="currentSnapshot" type="ISnapshot" readonly="yes">
2920 <desc>
2921 Current snapshot of this machine.
2922 <note>
2923 A <tt>null</tt> object is returned if the machine doesn't
2924 have snapshots.
2925 </note>
2926 <see><link to="ISnapshot"/></see>
2927 </desc>
2928 </attribute>
2929
2930 <attribute name="snapshotCount" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
2931 <desc>
2932 Number of snapshots taken on this machine. Zero means the
2933 machine doesn't have any snapshots.
2934 </desc>
2935 </attribute>
2936
2937 <attribute name="currentStateModified" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
2938 <desc>
2939 Returns <tt>true</tt> if the current state of the machine is not
2940 identical to the state stored in the current snapshot.
2941
2942 The current state is identical to the current snapshot right
2943 after one of the following calls are made:
2944 <ul>
2945 <li><link to="IConsole::discardCurrentState"/> or
2946 <link to="IConsole::discardCurrentSnapshotAndState"/>
2947 </li>
2948 <li><link to="IConsole::takeSnapshot"/> (issued on a
2949 powered off or saved machine, for which
2950 <link to="#settingsModified"/> returns <tt>false</tt>)
2951 </li>
2952 <li><link to="IMachine::setCurrentSnapshot"/>
2953 </li>
2954 </ul>
2955
2956 The current state remains identical until one of the following
2957 happens:
2958 <ul>
2959 <li>settings of the machine are changed</li>
2960 <li>the saved state is discarded</li>
2961 <li>the current snapshot is discarded</li>
2962 <li>an attempt to execute the machine is made</li>
2963 </ul>
2964
2965 <note>
2966 For machines that don't have snapshots, this property is
2967 always <tt>false</tt>.
2968 </note>
2969 </desc>
2970 </attribute>
2971
2972 <attribute name="sharedFolders" type="ISharedFolderCollection" readonly="yes">
2973 <desc>
2974 Collection of shared folders for this machine (permanent shared
2975 folders). These folders are shared automatically at machine startup
2976 and available only to the guest OS installed within this machine.
2977
2978 New shared folders are added to the collection using
2979 <link to="#createSharedFolder"/>. Existing shared folders can be
2980 removed using <link to="#removeSharedFolder"/>.
2981 </desc>
2982 </attribute>
2983
2984 <attribute name="clipboardMode" type="ClipboardMode">
2985 <desc>
2986 Synchronization mode between the host OS clipboard
2987 and the guest OS clipboard.
2988 </desc>
2989 </attribute>
2990
2991 <method name="setBootOrder">
2992 <desc>
2993 Puts the given device to the specified position in
2994 the boot order.
2995
2996 To indicate that no device is associated with the given position,
2997 <link to="DeviceType::Null"/> should be used.
2998
2999 @todo setHardDiskBootOrder(), setNetworkBootOrder()
3000 </desc>
3001 <param name="position" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
3002 <desc>
3003 Position in the boot order (<tt>1</tt> to the total number of
3004 devices the machine can boot from, as returned by
3005 <link to="ISystemProperties::maxBootPosition"/>).
3006 </desc>
3007 </param>
3008 <param name="device" type="DeviceType" dir="in">
3009 <desc>
3010 The type of the device used to boot at the given position.
3011 </desc>
3012 </param>
3013 </method>
3014
3015 <method name="getBootOrder" const="yes">
3016 <desc>
3017 Returns the device type that occupies the specified
3018 position in the boot order.
3019
3020 @todo [remove?]
3021 If the machine can have more than one device of the returned type
3022 (such as hard disks), then a separate method should be used to
3023 retrieve the individual device that occupies the given position.
3024
3025 If here are no devices at the given position, then
3026 <link to="DeviceType::Null"/> is returned.
3027
3028 @todo getHardDiskBootOrder(), getNetworkBootOrder()
3029 </desc>
3030 <param name="order" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
3031 <desc>
3032 Position in the boot order (<tt>1</tt> to the total number of
3033 devices the machine can boot from, as returned by
3034 <link to="ISystemProperties::maxBootPosition"/>).
3035 </desc>
3036 </param>
3037 <param name="device" type="DeviceType" dir="return">
3038 <desc>
3039 Device at the given position.
3040 </desc>
3041 </param>
3042 </method>
3043
3044 <method name="attachHardDisk">
3045 <desc>
3046
3047 Attaches a virtual hard disk identified by the given UUID to the
3048 given device slot of the given channel on the given bus. The
3049 specified device slot must not have another disk attached and the
3050 given hard disk must not be already attached to this machine.
3051
3052 See <link to="IHardDisk"/> for detailed information about
3053 attaching hard disks.
3054
3055 <note>You cannot attach a hard disk to a running machine. Also,
3056 you cannot attach a hard disk to a newly created machine until
3057 it is registered.</note>
3058
3059 <note>Attaching a hard disk to a machine creates a <i>lazy</i>
3060 attachment. In particular, no differeincing images are
3061 actually created until <link to="#saveSettings()"/> is called to
3062 commit all changed settings.</note>
3063
3064 </desc>
3065 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
3066 <desc>UUID of the hard disk to attach.</desc>
3067 </param>
3068 <param name="bus" type="StorageBus" dir="in">
3069 <desc>Type of storage bus to use (IDE or SATA).</desc>
3070 </param>
3071 <param name="channel" type="long" dir="in">
3072 <desc>Channel to attach the hard disk to. For IDE controllers,
3073 this can either be 0 or 1, for the primary or secondary controller,
3074 respectively.</desc>
3075 </param>
3076 <param name="device" type="long" dir="in">
3077 <desc>Device slot in the given channel to attach the hard disk to.
3078 For IDE devices, within each channel (0 or 1), this can again be
3079 0 or 1, for master or slave, respectively.</desc>
3080 </param>
3081 </method>
3082
3083 <method name="getHardDisk" const="yes">
3084 <desc>
3085 Returns the hard disk attached to the
3086 given controller under the specified device number.
3087 </desc>
3088 <param name="bus" type="StorageBus" dir="in"/>
3089 <param name="channel" type="long" dir="in"/>
3090 <param name="device" type="long" dir="in"/>
3091 <param name="hardDisk" type="IHardDisk" dir="return"/>
3092 </method>
3093
3094 <method name="detachHardDisk">
3095 <desc>
3096
3097 Detaches the hard disk drive attached to the given device slot
3098 of the given controller.
3099
3100 See <link to="IHardDisk"/> for detailed information about
3101 attaching hard disks.
3102
3103 <note>You cannot detach a hard disk from a running
3104 machine.</note>
3105
3106 <note>
3107 Detaching a hard disk from a machine creates a <i>lazy</i>
3108 detachment. In particular, if the detached hard disk is a
3109 differencing hard disk, it is not actually deleted until
3110 <link to="#saveSettings()"/> is called to commit all changed settings.
3111 Keep in mind, that doing <link to="#saveSettings()"/> will
3112 <b>physically delete</b> all detached differencing hard disks,
3113 so be careful.
3114 </note>
3115
3116 </desc>
3117 <param name="bus" type="StorageBus" dir="in">
3118 <desc>Bus to dettach the hard disk from.</desc>
3119 </param>
3120 <param name="channel" type="long" dir="in">
3121 <desc>Channel number to dettach the hard disk from.</desc>
3122 </param>
3123 <param name="device" type="long" dir="in">
3124 <desc>Device slot number to dettach the hard disk from.</desc>
3125 </param>
3126 </method>
3127
3128 <method name="getNetworkAdapter" const="yes">
3129 <desc>
3130 Returns the network adapter associated with the given slot.
3131 Slots are numbered sequentially, starting with zero. The total
3132 number of adapters per every machine is defined by the
3133 <link to="ISystemProperties::networkAdapterCount"/> property,
3134 so the maximum slot number is one less than that property's value.
3135 </desc>
3136 <param name="slot" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
3137 <param name="adapter" type="INetworkAdapter" dir="return"/>
3138 </method>
3139
3140 <method name="getSerialPort" const="yes">
3141 <desc>
3142 Returns the serial port associated with the given slot.
3143 Slots are numbered sequentially, starting with zero. The total
3144 number of serial ports per every machine is defined by the
3145 <link to="ISystemProperties::serialPortCount"/> property,
3146 so the maximum slot number is one less than that property's value.
3147 </desc>
3148 <param name="slot" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
3149 <param name="port" type="ISerialPort" dir="return"/>
3150 </method>
3151
3152 <method name="getParallelPort" const="yes">
3153 <desc>
3154 Returns the parallel port associated with the given slot.
3155 Slots are numbered sequentially, starting with zero. The total
3156 number of parallel ports per every machine is defined by the
3157 <link to="ISystemProperties::parallelPortCount"/> property,
3158 so the maximum slot number is one less than that property's value.
3159 </desc>
3160 <param name="slot" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
3161 <param name="port" type="IParallelPort" dir="return"/>
3162 </method>
3163
3164 <method name="getNextExtraDataKey">
3165 <desc>
3166 Returns the machine-specific extra data key name following the
3167 supplied key.
3168
3169 An error is returned if the supplied @a key does not exist. @c NULL is
3170 returned in @a nextKey if the supplied key is the last key. When
3171 supplying @c NULL for the @a key, the first key item is returned in @a
3172 nextKey (if there is any). @a nextValue is an optional parameter and
3173 if supplied, the next key's value is returned in it.
3174 </desc>
3175 <param name="key" type="wstring" dir="in">
3176 <desc>Name of the data key to follow.</desc>
3177 </param>
3178 <param name="nextKey" type="wstring" dir="out">
3179 <desc>Name of the next data key.</desc>
3180 </param>
3181 <param name="nextValue" type="wstring" dir="out">
3182 <desc>Value of the next data key.</desc>
3183 </param>
3184 </method>
3185
3186 <method name="getExtraData">
3187 <desc>
3188 Returns associated machine-specific extra data.
3189
3190 If the reuqested data @a key does not exist, this function will
3191 succeed and return @c NULL in the @a value argument.
3192 </desc>
3193 <param name="key" type="wstring" dir="in">
3194 <desc>Name of the data key to get.</desc>
3195 </param>
3196 <param name="value" type="wstring" dir="return">
3197 <desc>Value of the requested data key.</desc>
3198 </param>
3199 </method>
3200
3201 <method name="setExtraData">
3202 <desc>
3203 Sets associated machine-specific extra data.
3204
3205 If you pass @c NULL as a key @a vaule, the given @a key will be
3206 deleted.
3207
3208 <note>
3209 Before performing the actual data change, this method will ask all
3210 registered callbacks using the
3211 <link to="IVirtualBoxCallback::onExtraDataCanChange()"/>
3212 notification for a permission. If one of the callbacks refuses the
3213 new value, the change will not be performed.
3214 </note>
3215 <note>
3216 On success, the
3217 <link to="IVirtualBoxCallback::onExtraDataChange()"/> notification
3218 is called to inform all registered callbacks about a successful data
3219 change.
3220 </note>
3221 <note>
3222 This method can be called outside the machine session and therefore
3223 it's a caller's responsibility to handle possible race conditions
3224 when several clients change the same key at the same time.
3225 </note>
3226 </desc>
3227 <param name="key" type="wstring" dir="in">
3228 <desc>Name of the data key to set.</desc>
3229 </param>
3230 <param name="value" type="wstring" dir="in">
3231 <desc>Value to assign to the key.</desc>
3232 </param>
3233 </method>
3234
3235 <method name="saveSettings">
3236 <desc>
3237 Saves any changes to machine settings made since the session
3238 has been opened or a new machine has been created, or since the
3239 last call to <link to="#saveSettings()"/> or <link to="#discardSettings()"/>.
3240 For registered machines, new settings become visible to all
3241 other VirtualBox clients after successful invocation of this
3242 method.
3243 <note>
3244 The method sends <link to="IVirtualBoxCallback::onMachineDataChange()"/>
3245 notification event after the configuration has been successfully
3246 saved (only for registered machines).
3247 </note>
3248 <note>
3249 Calling this method is only valid on instances returned
3250 by <link to="ISession::machine"/> and on new machines
3251 created by <link to="IVirtualBox::createMachine"/> but not
3252 yet registered, or on unregistered machines after calling
3253 <link to="IVirtualBox::unregisterMachine"/>.
3254 </note>
3255 </desc>
3256 </method>
3257
3258 <method name="saveSettingsWithBackup">
3259 <desc>
3260 Creates a backup copy of the machine settings file (<link
3261 to="#settingsFilePath"/>) in case of auto-conversion, and then calls
3262 <link to="#saveSettings()"/>.
3263
3264 Note that the backup copy is created <b>only</b> if the settings file
3265 auto-conversion took place (see <link to="#settingsFileVersion"/> for
3266 details). Otherwise, this call is fully equivalent to
3267 <link to="#saveSettings()"/> and no backup copying is done.
3268
3269 The backup copy is created in the same directory where the original
3270 settings file is located. It is given the following file name:
3271 <pre>
3272 original.xml.x.y-platform.bak
3273 </pre>
3274 where <tt>original.xml</tt> is the original settings file name
3275 (excluding path), and <tt>x.y-platform</tt> is the version of the old
3276 format of the settings file (before auto-conversion).
3277
3278 If the given backup file already exists, this method will try to add the
3279 <tt>.N</tt> suffix to the backup file name (where <tt>N</tt> counts from
3280 0 to 9) and copy it again until it succeeds. If all suffixes are
3281 occupied, or if any other copy error occurs, this method will return a
3282 failure.
3283
3284 If the copy operation succeeds, the @a bakFileName return argument will
3285 receive a full path to the created backup file (for informational
3286 purposes). Note that this will happen even if the subsequent
3287 <link to="#saveSettings()"/> call performed by this method after the
3288 copy operation, fails.
3289
3290 <note>
3291 The VirtualBox API never calls this method. It is intended purely for
3292 the purposes of creating backup copies of the settings files by
3293 front-ends before saving the results of the automatically performed
3294 settings conversion to disk.
3295 </note>
3296
3297 <see>settingsFileVersion</see>
3298 </desc>
3299 <param name="bakFileName" type="wstring" dir="return">
3300 <desc>Full path to the created backup copy.</desc>
3301 </param>
3302 </method>
3303
3304 <method name="discardSettings">
3305 <desc>
3306 Discards any changes to the machine settings made since the session
3307 has been opened or since the last call to <link to="#saveSettings()"/>
3308 or <link to="#discardSettings"/>.
3309 <note>
3310 Calling this method is only valid on instances returned
3311 by <link to="ISession::machine"/> and on new machines
3312 created by <link to="IVirtualBox::createMachine"/> or
3313 opened by <link to="IVirtualBox::openMachine"/> but not
3314 yet registered, or on unregistered machines after calling
3315 <link to="IVirtualBox::unregisterMachine"/>.
3316 </note>
3317 </desc>
3318 </method>
3319
3320 <method name="deleteSettings">
3321 <desc>
3322 Deletes the settings file of this machine from disk.
3323 The machine must not be registered in order for this operation
3324 to succeed.
3325 <note>
3326 <link to="#settingsModified"/> will return TRUE after this
3327 method successfully returns.
3328 </note>
3329 <note>
3330 Calling this method is only valid on instances returned
3331 by <link to="ISession::machine"/> and on new machines
3332 created by <link to="IVirtualBox::createMachine"/> or
3333 opened by <link to="IVirtualBox::openMachine"/> but not
3334 yet registered, or on unregistered machines after calling
3335 <link to="IVirtualBox::unregisterMachine"/>.
3336 </note>
3337 <note>
3338 The deleted machine settings file can be restored (saved again)
3339 by calling <link to="#saveSettings()"/>.
3340 </note>
3341 </desc>
3342 </method>
3343
3344 <method name="getSnapshot">
3345 <desc>
3346 Returns a snapshot of this machine with the given UUID.
3347 A <tt>null</tt> UUID can be used to obtain the first snapshot
3348 taken on this machine. This is useful if you want to traverse
3349 the whole tree of snapshots starting from the root.
3350 </desc>
3351 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
3352 <desc>UUID of the snapshot to get</desc>
3353 </param>
3354 <param name="snapshot" type="ISnapshot" dir="return">
3355 <desc>Snapshot object with the given UUID.</desc>
3356 </param>
3357 </method>
3358
3359 <method name="findSnapshot">
3360 <desc>
3361 Returns a snapshot of this machine with the given name.
3362 </desc>
3363 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
3364 <desc>Name of the snapshot to find</desc>
3365 </param>
3366 <param name="snapshot" type="ISnapshot" dir="return">
3367 <desc>Snapshot object with the given name.</desc>
3368 </param>
3369 </method>
3370
3371 <method name="setCurrentSnapshot">
3372 <desc>
3373 Sets the current snapshot of this machine.
3374 <note>
3375 In the current implementation, this operation is not
3376 implemented.
3377 </note>
3378 </desc>
3379 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
3380 <desc>UUID of the snapshot to set as the current snapshot.</desc>
3381 </param>
3382 </method>
3383
3384 <method name="createSharedFolder">
3385 <desc>
3386 Creates a new permanent shared folder by associating the given logical
3387 name with the given host path, adds it to the collection of shared
3388 folders and starts sharing it. Refer to the description of
3389 <link to="ISharedFolder"/> to read more about logical names.
3390 </desc>
3391 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
3392 <desc>Unique logical name of the shared folder.</desc>
3393 </param>
3394 <param name="hostPath" type="wstring" dir="in">
3395 <desc>Full path to the shared folder in the host file system.</desc>
3396 </param>
3397 <param name="writable" type="boolean" dir="in">
3398 <desc>Whether the share is writable or readonly</desc>
3399 </param>
3400 </method>
3401
3402 <method name="removeSharedFolder">
3403 <desc>
3404 Removes the permanent shared folder with the given name previously
3405 created by <link to="#createSharedFolder"/> from the collection of
3406 shared folders and stops sharing it.
3407 </desc>
3408 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
3409 <desc>Logical name of the shared folder to remove.</desc>
3410 </param>
3411 </method>
3412
3413 <method name="canShowConsoleWindow">
3414 <desc>
3415 Returns @c true if the VM console process can activate the
3416 console window and bring it to foreground on the desktop of
3417 the host PC.
3418 <note>
3419 This method will fail if a session for this machine is not
3420 currently open.
3421 </note>
3422 </desc>
3423 <param name="canShow" type="boolean" dir="return">
3424 <desc>
3425 @c true if the console window can be shown and @c
3426 false otherwise.
3427 </desc>
3428 </param>
3429 </method>
3430
3431 <method name="showConsoleWindow">
3432 <desc>
3433 Activates the console window and brings it to foreground on
3434 the desktop of the host PC. Many modern window managers on
3435 many platforms implement some sort of focus stealing
3436 prevention logic, so that it may be impossible to activate
3437 a window without the help of the currently active
3438 application. In this case, this method will return a non-zero
3439 identifier that represents the top-level window of the VM
3440 console process. The caller, if it represents a currently
3441 active process, is responsible to use this identifier (in a
3442 platform-dependent manner) to perform actual window
3443 activation.
3444 <note>
3445 This method will fail if a session for this machine is not
3446 currently open.
3447 </note>
3448 </desc>
3449 <param name="winId" type="unsigned long long" dir="return">
3450 <desc>
3451 Platform-dependent identifier of the top-level VM console
3452 window, or zero if this method has performed all actions
3453 necessary to implement the <i>show window</i> semantics for
3454 the given platform and/or VirtualBox front-end.
3455 </desc>
3456 </param>
3457 </method>
3458
3459 </interface>
3460
3461 <!--
3462 // IConsole
3463 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3464 -->
3465
3466 <interface
3467 name="IConsoleCallback" extends="$unknown"
3468 uuid="13dfbef3-b74d-487d-bada-2304529aefa6"
3469 wsmap="suppress"
3470 >
3471
3472 <method name="onMousePointerShapeChange">
3473 <desc>
3474 Notification when the guest mouse pointer shape has
3475 changed. The new shape data is given.
3476 </desc>
3477 <param name="visible" type="boolean" dir="in">
3478 <desc>
3479 Flag whether the pointer is visible.
3480 </desc>
3481 </param>
3482 <param name="alpha" type="boolean" dir="in">
3483 <desc>
3484 Flag whether the pointer has an alpha channel.
3485 </desc>
3486 </param>
3487 <param name="xHot" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
3488 <desc>
3489 The pointer hot spot x coordinate.
3490 </desc>
3491 </param>
3492 <param name="yHot" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
3493 <desc>
3494 The pointer hot spot y coordinate.
3495 </desc>
3496 </param>
3497 <param name="width" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
3498 <desc>
3499 Width of the pointer shape in pixels.
3500 </desc>
3501 </param>
3502 <param name="height" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
3503 <desc>
3504 Height of the pointer shape in pixels.
3505 </desc>
3506 </param>
3507 <param name="shape" type="octet" mod="ptr" dir="in">
3508 <desc>
3509 Address of the shape buffer.
3510
3511 The buffer contains 1 bpp (bits per pixel) AND mask followed by 32 bpp XOR (color) mask.
3512
3513 For pointers without alpha channel the XOR mask pixels are 32 bit values: (lsb)BGR0(msb).
3514 For pointers with alpha channel the XOR mask consists of (lsb)BGRA(msb) 32 bit values.
3515
3516 AND mask presents for pointers with alpha channel, so if the callback does not
3517 support alpha, the pointer could be displayed as a normal color pointer.
3518
3519 The AND mask is 1 bpp bitmap with byte aligned scanlines. Size of AND mask,
3520 therefore, is <tt>cbAnd = (width + 7) / 8 * height</tt>. The padding bits at the
3521 end of any scanline are undefined.
3522
3523 The XOR mask follows the AND mask on the next 4 bytes aligned offset:
3524 <tt>uint8_t *pXor = pAnd + (cbAnd + 3) &amp; ~3</tt>
3525 Bytes in the gap between the AND and the XOR mask are undefined.
3526 XOR mask scanlines have no gap between them and size of XOR mask is:
3527 <tt>cXor = width * 4 * height</tt>.
3528
3529 <note>
3530 If 'shape' is equal to 0, only pointer visibility is being changed.
3531 </note>
3532 </desc>
3533 </param>
3534 </method>
3535
3536 <method name="onMouseCapabilityChange">
3537 <desc>
3538 Notification when the mouse capabilities reported by the
3539 guest have changed. The new capabilities are passed.
3540 </desc>
3541 <param name="supportsAbsolute" type="boolean" dir="in"/>
3542 <param name="needsHostCursor" type="boolean" dir="in"/>
3543 </method>
3544
3545 <method name="onKeyboardLedsChange">
3546 <desc>
3547 Notification when the guest OS executes the KBD_CMD_SET_LEDS command
3548 to alter the state of the keyboard LEDs.
3549 </desc>
3550 <param name="numLock" type="boolean" dir="in"/>
3551 <param name="capsLock" type="boolean" dir="in"/>
3552 <param name="scrollLock" type="boolean" dir="in"/>
3553 </method>
3554
3555 <method name="onStateChange">
3556 <desc>
3557 Notification when the execution state of the machine has changed.
3558 The new state will be given.
3559 </desc>
3560 <param name="state" type="MachineState" dir="in"/>
3561 </method>
3562
3563 <method name="onAdditionsStateChange">
3564 <desc>
3565 Notification when a Guest Additions property changes.
3566 Interested callees should query IGuest attributes to
3567 find out what has changed.
3568 </desc>
3569 </method>
3570
3571 <method name="onDVDDriveChange">
3572 <desc>
3573 Notification when a property of the
3574 virtual <link to="IMachine::DVDDrive">DVD drive</link> changes.
3575 Interested callees should use IDVDDrive methods to find out what has
3576 changed.
3577 </desc>
3578 </method>
3579
3580 <method name="onFloppyDriveChange">
3581 <desc>
3582 Notification when a property of the
3583 virtual <link to="IMachine::FloppyDrive">floppy drive</link> changes.
3584 Interested callees should use IFloppyDrive methods to find out what
3585 has changed.
3586 </desc>
3587 </method>
3588
3589 <method name="onNetworkAdapterChange">
3590 <desc>
3591 Notification when a property of one of the
3592 virtual <link to="IMachine::getNetworkAdapter">network adapters</link>
3593 changes. Interested callees should use INetworkAdapter methods and
3594 attributes to find out what has changed.
3595 </desc>
3596 <param name="networkAdapter" type="INetworkAdapter" dir="in">
3597 <desc>Network adapter that is subject to change.</desc>
3598 </param>
3599 </method>
3600
3601 <method name="onSerialPortChange">
3602 <desc>
3603 Notification when a property of one of the
3604 virtual <link to="IMachine::getSerialPort">serial ports</link> changes.
3605 Interested callees should use ISerialPort methods and attributes
3606 to find out what has changed.
3607 </desc>
3608 <param name="serialPort" type="ISerialPort" dir="in">
3609 <desc>Serial port that is subject to change.</desc>
3610 </param>
3611 </method>
3612
3613 <method name="onParallelPortChange">
3614 <desc>
3615 Notification when a property of one of the
3616 virtual <link to="IMachine::getParallelPort">parallel ports</link>
3617 changes. Interested callees should use ISerialPort methods and
3618 attributes to find out what has changed.
3619 </desc>
3620 <param name="parallelPort" type="IParallelPort" dir="in">
3621 <desc>Parallel port that is subject to change.</desc>
3622 </param>
3623 </method>
3624
3625 <method name="onVRDPServerChange">
3626 <desc>
3627 Notification when a property of the
3628 <link to="IMachine::VRDPServer">VRDP server</link> changes.
3629 Interested callees should use IVRDPServer methods and attributes to
3630 find out what has changed.
3631 </desc>
3632 </method>
3633
3634 <method name="onUSBControllerChange">
3635 <desc>
3636 Notification when a property of the virtual
3637 <link to="IMachine::USBController">USB controller</link> changes.
3638 Interested callees should use IUSBController methods and attributes to
3639 find out what has changed.
3640 </desc>
3641 </method>
3642
3643 <method name="onUSBDeviceStateChange">
3644 <desc>
3645 Notification when a USB device is attached to or detached from
3646 the virtual USB controller.
3647
3648 This notification is sent as a result of the indirect
3649 request to attach the device because it matches one of the
3650 machine USB filters, or as a result of the direct request
3651 issued by <link to="IConsole::attachUSBDevice"/> or
3652 <link to="IConsole::detachUSBDevice"/>.
3653
3654 This notification is sent in case of both a succeeded and a
3655 failed request completion. When the request succeeds, the @a
3656 error parameter is @c null, and the given device has been
3657 already added to (when @a attached is @c true) or removed from
3658 (when @a attached is @c false) the collection represented by
3659 <link to="IConsole::USBDevices"/>. On failure, the collection
3660 doesn't change and the @a error perameter represents the error
3661 message describing the failure.
3662
3663 </desc>
3664 <param name="device" type="IUSBDevice" dir="in">
3665 <desc>Device that is subject to state change.</desc>
3666 </param>
3667 <param name="attached" type="boolean" dir="in">
3668 <desc>
3669 <tt>true</tt> if the device was attached
3670 and <tt>false</tt> otherwise.
3671 </desc>
3672 </param>
3673 <param name="error" type="IVirtualBoxErrorInfo" dir="in">
3674 <desc>
3675 <tt>null</tt> on success or an error message object on
3676 failure.
3677 </desc>
3678 </param>
3679 </method>
3680
3681 <method name="onSharedFolderChange">
3682 <desc>
3683 Notification when a shared folder is added or removed.
3684 The @a scope argument defines one of three scopes:
3685 <link to="IVirtualBox::sharedFolders">global shared folders</link>
3686 (<link to="Scope::Global">Global</link>),
3687 <link to="IMachine::sharedFolders">permanent shared folders</link> of
3688 the machine (<link to="Scope::Machine">Machine</link>) or <link
3689 to="IConsole::sharedFolders">transient shared folders</link> of the
3690 machine (<link to="Scope::Session">Session</link>). Interested callees
3691 should use query the corresponding collections to find out what has
3692 changed.
3693 </desc>
3694 <param name="scope" type="Scope" dir="in">
3695 <desc>Sope of the notification.</desc>
3696 </param>
3697 </method>
3698
3699 <method name="onRuntimeError">
3700 <desc>
3701 Notification when an error happens during the virtual
3702 machine execution.
3703
3704 There are three kinds of runtime errors:
3705 <ul>
3706 <li><i>fatal</i></li>
3707 <li><i>non-fatal with retry</i></li>
3708 <li><i>non-fatal warnings</i></li>
3709 </ul>
3710
3711 <b>Fatal</b> errors are indicated by the @a fatal parameter set
3712 to <tt>true</tt>. In case of fatal errors, the virtual machine
3713 execution is always paused before calling this notification, and
3714 the notification handler is supposed either to immediately save
3715 the virtual machine state using <link to="IConsole::saveState()"/>
3716 or power it off using <link to="IConsole::powerDown()"/>.
3717 Resuming the execution can lead to unpredictable results.
3718
3719 <b>Non-fatal</b> errors and warnings are indicated by the
3720 @a fatal parameter set to <tt>false</tt>. If the virtual machine
3721 is in the Paused state by the time the error notification is
3722 received, it means that the user can <i>try to resume</i> the machine
3723 execution after attempting to solve the probem that caused the
3724 error. In this case, the notification handler is supposed
3725 to show an appropriate message to the user (depending on the
3726 value of the @a id parameter) that offers several actions such
3727 as <i>Retry</i>, <i>Save</i> or <i>Power Off</i>. If the user
3728 wants to retry, the notification handler should continue
3729 the machine execution using the <link to="IConsole::resume()"/>
3730 call. If the machine execution is not Paused during this
3731 notification, then it means this notification is a <i>warning</i>
3732 (for example, about a fatal condition that can happen very soon);
3733 no immediate action is required from the user, the machine
3734 continues its normal execution.
3735
3736 Note that in either case the notification handler
3737 <b>must not</b> perform any action directly on a thread
3738 where this notification is called. Everything it is allowed to
3739 do is to post a message to another thread that will then talk
3740 to the user and take the corresponding action.
3741
3742 Currently, the following error identificators are known:
3743 <ul>
3744 <li><tt>"HostMemoryLow"</tt></li>
3745 <li><tt>"HostAudioNotResponding"</tt></li>
3746 <li><tt>"VDIStorageFull"</tt></li>
3747 </ul>
3748
3749 <note>
3750 This notification is not designed to be implemented by
3751 more than one callback at a time. If you have multiple
3752 IConsoleCallback instances registered on the given
3753 IConsole object, make sure you simply do nothing but
3754 return @c S_OK from all but one of them that does actual
3755 user notification and performs necessary actions.
3756 </note>
3757
3758 </desc>
3759 <param name="fatal" type="boolean" dir="in">
3760 <desc>Whether the error is fatal or not</desc>
3761 </param>
3762 <param name="id" type="wstring" dir="in">
3763 <desc>Error identificator</desc>
3764 </param>
3765 <param name="message" type="wstring" dir="in">
3766 <desc>Optional error message</desc>
3767 </param>
3768 </method>
3769
3770 <method name="onCanShowWindow">
3771 <desc>
3772 Notification when a call to
3773 <link to="IMachine::canShowConsoleWindow()"/> is made by a
3774 front-end to check if a subsequent call to
3775 <link to="IMachine::showConsoleWindow()"/> can succeed.
3776
3777 The callee should give an answer appropriate to the current
3778 machine state in the @a canShow argument. This answer must
3779 remain valid at least until the next
3780 <link to="IConsole::state">machine state</link> change.
3781
3782 <note>
3783 This notification is not designed to be implemented by
3784 more than one callback at a time. If you have multiple
3785 IConsoleCallback instances registered on the given
3786 IConsole object, make sure you simply do nothing but
3787 return @c true and @c S_OK from all but one of them that
3788 actually manages console window activation.
3789 </note>
3790 </desc>
3791 <param name="canShow" type="boolean" dir="return">
3792 <desc>
3793 @c true if the console window can be shown and @c
3794 false otherwise.
3795 </desc>
3796 </param>
3797 </method>
3798
3799 <method name="onShowWindow">
3800 <desc>
3801 Notification when a call to
3802 <link to="IMachine::showConsoleWindow()"/>
3803 requests the console window to be activated and brought to
3804 foreground on the desktop of the host PC.
3805
3806 This notification should cause the VM console process to
3807 perform the requested action as described above. If it is
3808 impossible to do it at a time of this notification, this
3809 method should return a failure.
3810
3811 Note that many modern window managers on many platforms
3812 implement some sort of focus stealing prevention logic, so
3813 that it may be impossible to activate a window without the
3814 help of the currently active application (which is supposedly
3815 an initiator of this notification). In this case, this method
3816 must return a non-zero identifier that represents the
3817 top-level window of the VM console process. The caller, if it
3818 represents a currently active process, is responsible to use
3819 this identifier (in a platform-dependent manner) to perform
3820 actual window activation.
3821
3822 This method must set @a winId to zero if it has performed all
3823 actions necessary to complete the request and the console
3824 window is now active and in foreground, to indicate that no
3825 further action is required on the caller's side.
3826
3827 <note>
3828 This notification is not designed to be implemented by
3829 more than one callback at a time. If you have multiple
3830 IConsoleCallback instances registered on the given
3831 IConsole object, make sure you simply do nothing but
3832 return@c S_OK from all but one of them that actually
3833 manages console window activation.
3834 </note>
3835 </desc>
3836 <param name="winId" type="unsigned long long" dir="return">
3837 <desc>
3838 Platform-dependent identifier of the top-level VM console
3839 window, or zero if this method has performed all actions
3840 necessary to implement the <i>show window</i> semantics for
3841 the given platform and/or this VirtualBox front-end.
3842 </desc>
3843 </param>
3844 </method>
3845
3846 </interface>
3847
3848 <interface
3849 name="IRemoteDisplayInfo" extends="$unknown"
3850 uuid="550104cd-2dfd-4a6c-857d-f6f8e088e62c"
3851 wsmap="struct"
3852 >
3853 <desc>
3854 Contains information about the remote display (VRDP) capabilities and status.
3855 This is used in the <link to="IConsole::remoteDisplayInfo" /> attribute.
3856
3857 <note>With the COM API, this is an interface like all the others. With the webservice,
3858 this is mapped to a structure, so querying the attribute will not return an object,
3859 but a complete structure.</note>
3860 </desc>
3861
3862 <attribute name="active" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
3863 <desc>
3864 Whether the remote display connection is active.
3865 </desc>
3866 </attribute>
3867
3868 <attribute name="numberOfClients" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
3869 <desc>
3870 How many times a client connected.
3871 </desc>
3872 </attribute>
3873
3874 <attribute name="beginTime" type="long long" readonly="yes">
3875 <desc>
3876 When the last connection was established, in milliseconds since 1970-01-01 UTC.
3877 </desc>
3878 </attribute>
3879
3880 <attribute name="endTime" type="long long" readonly="yes">
3881 <desc>
3882 When the last connection was terminated or the current time, if
3883 connection is still active, in milliseconds since 1970-01-01 UTC.
3884 </desc>
3885 </attribute>
3886
3887 <attribute name="bytesSent" type="unsigned long long" readonly="yes">
3888 <desc>
3889 How many bytes were sent in last or current, if still active, connection.
3890 </desc>
3891 </attribute>
3892
3893 <attribute name="bytesSentTotal" type="unsigned long long" readonly="yes">
3894 <desc>
3895 How many bytes were sent in all connections.
3896 </desc>
3897 </attribute>
3898
3899 <attribute name="bytesReceived" type="unsigned long long" readonly="yes">
3900 <desc>
3901 How many bytes were received in last or current, if still active, connection.
3902 </desc>
3903 </attribute>
3904
3905 <attribute name="bytesReceivedTotal" type="unsigned long long" readonly="yes">
3906 <desc>
3907 How many bytes were received in all connections.
3908 </desc>
3909 </attribute>
3910
3911 <attribute name="user" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
3912 <desc>
3913 Login user name supplied by the client.
3914 </desc>
3915 </attribute>
3916
3917 <attribute name="domain" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
3918 <desc>
3919 Login domain name supplied by the client.
3920 </desc>
3921 </attribute>
3922
3923 <attribute name="clientName" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
3924 <desc>
3925 The client name supplied by the client.
3926 </desc>
3927 </attribute>
3928
3929 <attribute name="clientIP" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
3930 <desc>
3931 The IP address of the client.
3932 </desc>
3933 </attribute>
3934
3935 <attribute name="clientVersion" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
3936 <desc>
3937 The client software version number.
3938 </desc>
3939 </attribute>
3940
3941 <attribute name="encryptionStyle" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
3942 <desc>
3943 Public key exchange method used when connection was established.
3944 Values: 0 - RDP4 public key exchange scheme.
3945 1 - X509 sertificates were sent to client.
3946 </desc>
3947 </attribute>
3948
3949 </interface>
3950
3951 <interface
3952 name="IConsole" extends="$unknown"
3953 uuid="d5a1cbda-f5d7-4824-9afe-d640c94c7dcf"
3954 wsmap="managed"
3955 >
3956 <desc>
3957 The IConsole interface represents an interface to control virtual
3958 machine execution.
3959
3960 The console object that implements the IConsole interface is obtained
3961 from a session object after the session for the given machine has been
3962 opened using one of <link to="IVirtualBox::openSession"/>,
3963 <link to="IVirtualBox::openRemoteSession"/> or
3964 <link to="IVirtualBox::openExistingSession"/> methdods.
3965
3966 Methods of the IConsole interface allow the caller to query the current
3967 virtual machine execution state, pause the machine or power it down, save
3968 the machine state or take a snapshot, attach and detach removable media
3969 and so on.
3970
3971 <see>ISession</see>
3972 </desc>
3973
3974 <attribute name="machine" type="IMachine" readonly="yes">
3975 <desc>
3976 Machine object this console is sessioned with.
3977 <note>
3978 This is a convenience property, it has the same value as
3979 <link to="ISession::machine"/> of the corresponding session
3980 object.
3981 </note>
3982 </desc>
3983 </attribute>
3984
3985 <attribute name="state" type="MachineState" readonly="yes">
3986 <desc>
3987 Current execution state of the machine.
3988 <note>
3989 This property always returns the same value as the corresponding
3990 property of the IMachine object this console is sessioned with.
3991 For the process that owns (executes) the VM, this is the
3992 preferable way of querying the VM state, because no IPC
3993 calls are made.
3994 </note>
3995 </desc>
3996 </attribute>
3997
3998 <attribute name="guest" type="IGuest" readonly="yes">
3999 <desc>Guest object.</desc>
4000 </attribute>
4001
4002 <attribute name="keyboard" type="IKeyboard" readonly="yes">
4003 <desc>
4004 Virtual keyboard object.
4005 <note>
4006 If the machine is not running, any attempt to use
4007 the returned object will result in an error.
4008 </note>
4009 </desc>
4010 </attribute>
4011
4012 <attribute name="mouse" type="IMouse" readonly="yes">
4013 <desc>
4014 Virtual mouse object.
4015 <note>
4016 If the machine is not running, any attempt to use
4017 the returned object will result in an error.
4018 </note>
4019 </desc>
4020 </attribute>
4021
4022 <attribute name="display" type="IDisplay" readonly="yes">
4023 <desc>Virtual display object.
4024 <note>
4025 If the machine is not running, any attempt to use
4026 the returned object will result in an error.
4027 </note>
4028 </desc>
4029 </attribute>
4030
4031 <attribute name="debugger" type="IMachineDebugger" readonly="yes">
4032 <desc>Debugging interface.</desc>
4033 </attribute>
4034
4035 <attribute name="USBDevices" type="IUSBDeviceCollection" readonly="yes">
4036 <desc>
4037 Collection of USB devices currently attached to the virtual
4038 USB controller.
4039 <note>
4040 The collection is empty if the machine is not running.
4041 </note>
4042 </desc>
4043 </attribute>
4044
4045 <attribute name="remoteUSBDevices" type="IHostUSBDeviceCollection" readonly="yes">
4046 <desc>
4047 List of USB devices currently attached to the remote VRDP client.
4048 Once a new device is physically attached to the remote host computer,
4049 it appears in this list and remains there until detached.
4050 </desc>
4051 </attribute>
4052
4053 <attribute name="sharedFolders" type="ISharedFolderCollection" readonly="yes">
4054 <desc>
4055 Collection of shared folders for the current session. These folders
4056 are called transient shared folders because they are available to the
4057 guest OS running inside the associated virtual machine only for the
4058 duration of the session (as opposed to
4059 <link to="IMachine::sharedFolders"/> which represent permanent shared
4060 folders). When the session is closed (e.g. the machine is powered down),
4061 these folders are automatically discarded.
4062
4063 New shared folders are added to the collection using
4064 <link to="#createSharedFolder"/>. Existing shared folders can be
4065 removed using <link to="#removeSharedFolder"/>.
4066 </desc>
4067 </attribute>
4068
4069 <attribute name="remoteDisplayInfo" type="IRemoteDisplayInfo" readonly="yes">
4070 <desc>
4071 Interface that provides information on Remote Display (VRDP) connection.
4072 </desc>
4073 </attribute>
4074
4075 <method name="powerUp">
4076 <desc>
4077 Starts the virtual machine execution using the current machine
4078 state (i.e. its current execution state, current settings and
4079 current hard disks).
4080
4081 If the machine is powered off or aborted, the execution will
4082 start from the beginning (as if the real hardware were just
4083 powered on).
4084
4085 If the machine is in the <link to="MachineState::Saved"/> state,
4086 it will continue its execution the point where the state has
4087 beem saved.
4088
4089 <see>#saveState</see>
4090 </desc>
4091 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
4092 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
4093 </param>
4094 </method>
4095
4096 <method name="powerDown">
4097 <desc>
4098 Stops the virtual machine execution.
4099 After this operation completes, the machine will go to the
4100 PoweredOff state.
4101 </desc>
4102 </method>
4103
4104 <method name="reset">
4105 <desc>Resets the virtual machine.</desc>
4106 </method>
4107
4108 <method name="pause">
4109 <desc>Pauses the virtual machine execution.</desc>
4110 </method>
4111
4112 <method name="resume">
4113 <desc>Resumes the virtual machine execution.</desc>
4114 </method>
4115
4116 <method name="powerButton">
4117 <desc>Send the ACPI power button event to the guest.</desc>
4118 </method>
4119
4120 <method name="sleepButton">
4121 <desc>Send the ACPI sleep button event to the guest.</desc>
4122 </method>
4123
4124 <method name="getPowerButtonHandled">
4125 <desc>Check if the last power button event was handled by guest.</desc>
4126 <param name="handled" type="boolean" dir="return"/>
4127 </method>
4128
4129 <method name="saveState">
4130 <desc>
4131 Saves the current execution state of a running virtual machine
4132 and stops its executiuon.
4133
4134 After this operation completes, the machine will go to the
4135 Saved state. Next time it is powered up, this state will
4136 be restored and the machine will continue its execution from
4137 the place where it was saved.
4138
4139 This operation differs from taking a snapshot to the effect
4140 that it doesn't create new differencing hard disks. Also, once
4141 the machine is powered up from the state saved using this method,
4142 the saved state is deleted, so it will be impossible to return
4143 to this state later.
4144
4145 <note>
4146 On success, this method implicitly calls
4147 <link to="IMachine::saveSettings()"/> to save all current machine
4148 settings (including runtime changes to the DVD drive, etc.).
4149 Together with the impossibility to change any VM settings when it is
4150 in the Saved state, this guarantees the adequate hardware
4151 configuration of the machine when it is restored from the saved
4152 state file.
4153 </note>
4154
4155 <note>
4156 The machine must be in the Running or Paused state, otherwise
4157 the operation will fail.
4158 </note>
4159
4160 <see><link to="#takeSnapshot"/></see>
4161 </desc>
4162 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
4163 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
4164 </param>
4165 </method>
4166
4167 <method name="adoptSavedState">
4168 <desc>
4169 Associates the given saved state file to the virtual machine.
4170
4171 On success, the machine will go to the Saved state. Next time it is
4172 powered up, it will be restored from the adopted saved state and
4173 continue execution from the place where the saved state file was
4174 created.
4175
4176 The specified saved state file path may be full or relative to the
4177 folder the VM normally saves the state to (usually,
4178 <link to="IMachine::snapshotFolder"/>).
4179
4180 <note>
4181 It's a caller's responsibility to make sure the given saved state
4182 file is compatible with the settings of this virtual machine that
4183 represent its virtual hardware (memory size, hard disk configuration
4184 etc.). If there is a mismatch, the behavior of the virtual machine
4185 is undefined.
4186 </note>
4187 </desc>
4188 <param name="savedStateFile" type="wstring" dir="in">
4189 <desc>Path to the saved state file to adopt.</desc>
4190 </param>
4191 </method>
4192
4193 <method name="discardSavedState">
4194 <desc>
4195 Discards (deletes) the saved state of the virtual machine
4196 previously created by <link to="#saveState"/>. Next time the
4197 machine is powered up, a clean boot will occur.
4198 <note>
4199 This operation is equivalent to resetting or powering off
4200 the machine without doing a proper shutdown in the guest OS.
4201 </note>
4202 </desc>
4203 </method>
4204
4205 <method name="getDeviceActivity">
4206 <desc>
4207 Gets the current activity type of a given device or device group.
4208 </desc>
4209 <param name="type" type="DeviceType" dir="in"/>
4210 <param name="activity" type="DeviceActivity" dir="return"/>
4211 </method>
4212
4213 <method name="attachUSBDevice">
4214 <desc>
4215 Attaches a host USB device with the given UUID to the
4216 USB controller of the virtual machine.
4217
4218 The device needs to be in one of the following states:
4219 <link to="USBDeviceState::Busy">Busy</link>,
4220 <link to="USBDeviceState::Available">Available</link> or
4221 <link to="USBDeviceState::Held">Held</link>,
4222 otherwise an error is immediately returned.
4223
4224 When the device state is
4225 <link to="USBDeviceState::Busy">Busy</link>, an error may also
4226 be returned if the host computer refuses to release it for some reason.
4227
4228 <see>IUSBController::deviceFilters, USBDeviceState</see>
4229 </desc>
4230 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
4231 <desc>UUID of the host USB device to attach.</desc>
4232 </param>
4233 </method>
4234
4235 <method name="detachUSBDevice">
4236 <desc>
4237 Detaches an USB device with the given UUID from the USB controller
4238 oif the virtual machine.
4239
4240 After this method succeeds, the VirtualBox server reinitiates
4241 all USB filters as if the device were just physically attached
4242 to the host, but filters of this machine are ignored to avoid
4243 a possible automatic reattachment.
4244
4245 <see>IUSBController::deviceFilters, USBDeviceState</see>
4246 </desc>
4247 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
4248 <desc>UUID of the USB device to detach.</desc>
4249 </param>
4250 <param name="device" type="IUSBDevice" dir="return">
4251 <desc>Detached USB device.</desc>
4252 </param>
4253 </method>
4254
4255 <method name="createSharedFolder">
4256 <desc>
4257 Creates a transient new shared folder by associating the given logical
4258 name with the given host path, adds it to the collection of shared
4259 folders and starts sharing it. Refer to the description of
4260 <link to="ISharedFolder"/> to read more about logical names.
4261 </desc>
4262 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
4263 <desc>Unique logical name of the shared folder.</desc>
4264 </param>
4265 <param name="hostPath" type="wstring" dir="in">
4266 <desc>Full path to the shared folder in the host file system.</desc>
4267 </param>
4268 <param name="writable" type="boolean" dir="in">
4269 <desc>Whether the share is writable or readonly</desc>
4270 </param>
4271 </method>
4272
4273 <method name="removeSharedFolder">
4274 <desc>
4275 Removes a transient shared folder with the given name previously
4276 created by <link to="#createSharedFolder"/> from the collection of
4277 shared folders and stops sharing it.
4278 </desc>
4279 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
4280 <desc>Logical name of the shared folder to remove.</desc>
4281 </param>
4282 </method>
4283
4284 <method name="takeSnapshot">
4285 <desc>
4286 Saves the current execution state and all settings of the
4287 machine and creates differencing images for all
4288 normal (non-independent) hard disks.
4289
4290 This method can be called for a PoweredOff, Saved, Running or
4291 Paused virtual machine. When the machine is PoweredOff, an
4292 offline <link to="ISnapshot">snapshot</link> is created,
4293 in all other cases -- an online snapshot.
4294
4295 The taken snapshot is always based on the
4296 <link to="IMachine::currentSnapshot">current
4297 snapshot</link> of the associated virtual machine and becomes
4298 a new current snapshot.
4299
4300 <note>
4301 This method implicitly calls <link to="IMachine::saveSettings()"/> to
4302 save all current machine settings before taking an offline snapshot.
4303 </note>
4304
4305 <see>ISnapshot, <link to="#saveState"/></see>
4306 </desc>
4307 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
4308 <desc>Short name for the snapshot.</desc>
4309 </param>
4310 <param name="description" type="wstring" dir="in">
4311 <desc>Optional description of the snapshot.</desc>
4312 </param>
4313 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
4314 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
4315 </param>
4316 </method>
4317
4318 <method name="discardSnapshot">
4319 <desc>
4320
4321 Starts discarding the specified snapshot. The execution state
4322 and settings of the associated machine stored in the snapshot
4323 will be deleted. The contents of all differencing hard disks of
4324 this snapshot will be merged with the contents of their
4325 dependent child hard disks to keep the, disks valid (in other
4326 words, all changes represented by hard disks being discarded
4327 will be propagated to their child hard disks). After that, this
4328 snapshot's differencing hard disks will be deleted. The parent
4329 of this snapshot will become a new parent for all its child
4330 snapshots.
4331
4332 If the discarded snapshot is the current one, its parent
4333 snapshot will become a new current snapshot. The current machine
4334 state is not directly affected in this case, except that
4335 currently attached differencing hard disks based on hard disks
4336 of the discarded snapshot will be also merged as described
4337 above.
4338
4339 If the discarded snapshot is the first one (the root snapshot)
4340 and it has exactly one child snapshot, this child snapshot will
4341 become the first snapshot after discarding. If there are no
4342 children at all (i.e. the first snapshot is the only snapshot of
4343 the machine), both the current and the first snapshot of the
4344 machine will be set to null. In all other cases, the first
4345 snapshot cannot be discarded.
4346
4347 You cannot discard the snapshot if it
4348 stores <link to="HardDiskType::Normal">normal</link> (non-differencing)
4349 hard disks that have differencing hard disks based on them. Snapshots of
4350 such kind can be discarded only when every normal hard disk has either
4351 no children at all or exactly one child. In the former case, the normal
4352 hard disk simply becomes unused (i.e. not attached to any VM). In the
4353 latter case, it receives all the changes strored in the child hard disk,
4354 and then it replaces the child hard disk in the configuration of the
4355 corresponding snapshot or machine.
4356
4357 Also, you cannot discard the snapshot if it stores hard disks
4358 (of any type) having differencing child hard disks that belong
4359 to other machines. Such snapshots can be only discarded after
4360 you discard all snapshots of other machines containing "foreign"
4361 child disks, or detach these "foreign" child disks from machines
4362 they are attached to.
4363
4364 One particular example of the snapshot storing normal hard disks
4365 is the first snapshot of a virtual machine that had normal hard
4366 disks attached when taking the snapshot. Be careful when
4367 discarding such snapshots because this implicitly commits
4368 changes (made since the snapshot being discarded has been taken)
4369 to normal hard disks (as described above), which may be not what
4370 you want.
4371
4372 The virtual machine is put to
4373 the <link to="MachineState::Discarding">Discarding</link> state until
4374 the discard operation is completed.
4375
4376 <note>
4377 The machine must not be running, otherwise the operation
4378 will fail.
4379 </note>
4380
4381 <note>
4382 Child hard disks of all normal hard disks of the discarded snapshot
4383 must be <link to="IHardDisk::accessible">accessible</link> for this
4384 operation to succeed. In particular, this means that all virtual
4385 machines, whose hard disks are directly or indirectly based on the
4386 hard disks of discarded snapshot, must be powered off.
4387 </note>
4388 <note>
4389 Merging hard disk contents can be very time and disk space
4390 consuming, if these disks are big in size and have many
4391 children. However, if the snapshot being discarded is the last
4392 (head) snapshot on the branch, the operation will be rather
4393 quick.
4394 </note>
4395 <note>
4396 Note that discarding the current snapshot
4397 will imlicitly call <link to="IMachine::saveSettings()"/> to
4398 make all current machine settings permanent.
4399 </note>
4400 </desc>
4401 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
4402 <desc>UUID of the snapshot to discard.</desc>
4403 </param>
4404 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
4405 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
4406 </param>
4407 </method>
4408
4409 <method name="discardCurrentState">
4410 <desc>
4411 This operation is similar to <link to="#discardSnapshot()"/> but
4412 affects the current machine state. This means that the state stored in
4413 the current snapshot will become a new current state, and all current
4414 settings of the machine and changes stored in differencing hard disks
4415 will be lost.
4416
4417 After this operation is successfully completed, new empty differencing
4418 hard disks are created for all normal hard disks of the machine.
4419
4420 If the current snapshot of the machine is an online snapshot, the
4421 machine will go to the <link to="MachineState::Saved"> saved
4422 state</link>, so that the next time it is powered on, the execution
4423 state will be restored from the current snapshot.
4424
4425 <note>
4426 The machine must not be running, otherwise the operation will fail.
4427 </note>
4428
4429 <note>
4430 If the machine state is <link to="MachineState::Saved">Saved</link>
4431 prior to this operation, the saved state file will be implicitly
4432 discarded (as if <link to="IConsole::discardSavedState()"/> were
4433 called).
4434 </note>
4435
4436 </desc>
4437 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
4438 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
4439 </param>
4440 </method>
4441
4442 <method name="discardCurrentSnapshotAndState">
4443 <desc>
4444
4445 This method is equivalent to
4446 doing <link to="#discardSnapshot">discardSnapshot</link>
4447 (<link
4448 to="IMachine::currentSnapshot">currentSnapshot</link>.<link
4449 to="ISnapshot::id">id()</link>, ...) followed by
4450 <link to="#discardCurrentState()"/>.
4451
4452 As a result, the machine will be fully restored from the
4453 snapshot preceeding the current snapshot, while both the current
4454 snapshot and the current machine state will be discarded.
4455
4456 If the current snapshot is the first snapshot of the machine (i.e. it
4457 has the only snapshot), the current machine state will be
4458 discarded <b>before</b> discarding the snapshot. In other words, the
4459 machine will be restored from its last snapshot, before discarding
4460 it. This differs from performing a single
4461 <link to="#discardSnapshot()"/> call (note that no
4462 <link to="#discardCurrentState()"/> will be possible after it) to the
4463 effect that the latter will preserve the current state instead of
4464 discarding it.
4465
4466 Unless explicitly mentioned otherwise, all remarks and
4467 limitations of the above two methods also apply to this method.
4468
4469 <note>
4470 The machine must not be running, otherwise the operation
4471 will fail.
4472 </note>
4473
4474 <note>
4475 If the machine state is <link to="MachineState::Saved">Saved</link>
4476 prior to this operation, the saved state file will be implicitly
4477 discarded (as if <link to="IConsole::discardSavedState()"/> were
4478 called).</note>
4479
4480 <note>
4481 This method is more efficient than calling two above
4482 methods separately: it requires less IPC calls and provides
4483 a single progress object.
4484 </note>
4485
4486 </desc>
4487 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
4488 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
4489 </param>
4490 </method>
4491
4492 <method name="registerCallback">
4493 <desc>
4494 Registers a new console callback on this instance. The methods of the
4495 callback interface will be called by this instance when the appropriate
4496 event occurs.
4497 </desc>
4498 <param name="callback" type="IConsoleCallback" dir="in"/>
4499 </method>
4500
4501 <method name="unregisterCallback">
4502 <desc>
4503 Unregisters the console callback previously registered using
4504 <link to="#registerCallback"/>.
4505 </desc>
4506 <param name="callback" type="IConsoleCallback" dir="in"/>
4507 </method>
4508
4509 </interface>
4510
4511 <!--
4512 // IHost
4513 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4514 -->
4515
4516 <interface
4517 name="IHostDVDDrive" extends="$unknown"
4518 uuid="21f86694-202d-4ce4-8b05-a63ff82dbf4c"
4519 wsmap="managed"
4520 >
4521 <desc>
4522 The IHostDVDDrive interface represents the physical CD/DVD drive
4523 hardware on the host. Used indirectly in <link to="IHost::DVDDrives"/>.
4524 </desc>
4525
4526 <attribute name="name" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
4527 <desc>
4528 Returns the platform-specific device identifier.
4529 On DOS-like platforms, it is a drive name (e.g. R:).
4530 On Unix-like platforms, it is a device name (e.g. /dev/hdc).
4531 </desc>
4532 </attribute>
4533 <attribute name="description" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
4534 <desc>
4535 Returns a human readable description for the drive. This
4536 description usually contains the product and vendor name. A
4537 @c null string is returned if the description is not available.
4538 </desc>
4539 </attribute>
4540 <attribute name="udi" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
4541 <desc>
4542 Returns the unique device identifier for the drive. This
4543 attribute is reserved for future use instead of
4544 <link to="#name"/>. Currently it is not used and may return
4545 @c null on some platforms.
4546 </desc>
4547 </attribute>
4548
4549 </interface>
4550
4551 <enumerator
4552 name="IHostDVDDriveEnumerator" type="IHostDVDDrive"
4553 uuid="1ed7cfaf-c363-40df-aa4e-89c1afb7d96b"
4554 />
4555
4556 <collection
4557 name="IHostDVDDriveCollection" type="IHostDVDDrive"
4558 enumerator="IHostDVDDriveEnumerator"
4559 uuid="1909c533-1a1e-445f-a4e1-a267cffc30ed"
4560 readonly="yes"
4561 >
4562 <method name="findByName">
4563 <desc>
4564 Searches this collection for a host drive with the given name.
4565 <note>
4566 The method returns an error if the given name does not
4567 correspond to any host drive in the collection.
4568 </note>
4569 </desc>
4570 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
4571 <desc>Name of the host drive to search for</desc>
4572 </param>
4573 <param name="drive" type="IHostDVDDrive" dir="return">
4574 <desc>Found host drive object</desc>
4575 </param>
4576 </method>
4577 </collection>
4578
4579 <interface
4580 name="IHostFloppyDrive" extends="$unknown"
4581 uuid="b6a4d1a9-4221-43c3-bd52-021a5daa9ed2"
4582 wsmap="managed"
4583 >
4584 <desc>
4585 The IHostFloppyDrive interface represents the physical floppy drive
4586 hardware on the host. Used indirectly in <link to="IHost::floppyDrives"/>.
4587 </desc>
4588 <attribute name="name" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
4589 <desc>
4590 Returns the platform-specific device identifier.
4591 On DOS-like platforms, it is a drive name (e.g. A:).
4592 On Unix-like platforms, it is a device name (e.g. /dev/fd0).
4593 </desc>
4594 </attribute>
4595 <attribute name="description" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
4596 <desc>
4597 Returns a human readable description for the drive. This
4598 description usually contains the product and vendor name. A
4599 @c null string is returned if the description is not available.
4600 </desc>
4601 </attribute>
4602 <attribute name="udi" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
4603 <desc>
4604 Returns the unique device identifier for the drive. This
4605 attribute is reserved for future use instead of
4606 <link to="#name"/>. Currently it is not used and may return
4607 @c null on some platforms.
4608 </desc>
4609 </attribute>
4610 </interface>
4611
4612 <enumerator
4613 name="IHostFloppyDriveEnumerator" type="IHostFloppyDrive"
4614 uuid="ce04c924-4f54-432a-9dec-11fddc3ea875"
4615 />
4616
4617 <collection
4618 name="IHostFloppyDriveCollection" type="IHostFloppyDrive"
4619 enumerator="IHostFloppyDriveEnumerator"
4620 uuid="fd84bb86-c59a-4037-a557-755ff263a460"
4621 readonly="yes"
4622 >
4623 <method name="findByName">
4624 <desc>
4625 Searches this collection for a host drive with the given name.
4626 <note>
4627 The method returns an error if the given name does not
4628 correspond to any host drive in the collection.
4629 </note>
4630 </desc>
4631 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
4632 <desc>Name of the host drive to search for</desc>
4633 </param>
4634 <param name="drive" type="IHostFloppyDrive" dir="return">
4635 <desc>Found host drive object</desc>
4636 </param>
4637 </method>
4638 </collection>
4639
4640<if target="midl">
4641 <interface
4642 name="IHostNetworkInterface" extends="$unknown"
4643 uuid="F4512D7C-B074-4e97-99B8-6D2BD27C3F5A"
4644 wsmap="managed"
4645 >
4646 <attribute name="name" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
4647 <desc>Returns the host network interface name.</desc>
4648 </attribute>
4649
4650 <attribute name="id" type="uuid" readonly="yes">
4651 <desc>Returns the interface UUID.</desc>
4652 </attribute>
4653 </interface>
4654
4655 <enumerator
4656 name="IHostNetworkInterfaceEnumerator" type="IHostNetworkInterface"
4657 uuid="7B52FEF7-56E8-4aec-92F5-15E6D11EC630"
4658 />
4659
4660 <collection
4661 name="IHostNetworkInterfaceCollection" type="IHostNetworkInterface"
4662 enumerator="IHostNetworkInterfaceEnumerator"
4663 uuid="BF1D41F2-B97B-4314-A0FB-D4823AF42FB5"
4664 readonly="yes"
4665 >
4666 <method name="findByName">
4667 <desc>
4668 Searches this collection for a host network interface with the given name.
4669 <note>
4670 The method returns an error if the given name does not
4671 correspond to any host network interface in the collection.
4672 </note>
4673 </desc>
4674 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
4675 <desc>Name of the host network interface to search for.</desc>
4676 </param>
4677 <param name="networkInterface" type="IHostNetworkInterface" dir="return">
4678 <desc>Found host network interface object.</desc>
4679 </param>
4680 </method>
4681 <method name="findById">
4682 <desc>
4683 Searches this collection for a host network interface with the given GUID.
4684 <note>
4685 The method returns an error if the given GUID does not
4686 correspond to any host network interface in the collection.
4687 </note>
4688 </desc>
4689 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
4690 <desc>GUID of the host network interface to search for.</desc>
4691 </param>
4692 <param name="networkInterface" type="IHostNetworkInterface" dir="return">
4693 <desc>Found host network interface object.</desc>
4694 </param>
4695 </method>
4696 </collection>
4697</if>
4698
4699 <interface
4700 name="IHost" extends="$unknown"
4701 uuid="81729c26-1aec-46f5-b7c0-cc7364738fdb"
4702 wsmap="managed"
4703 >
4704 <desc>
4705 The IHost interface represents the physical machine that this VirtualBox
4706 installation runs on.
4707
4708 An object implementing this interface is returned by the
4709 <link to="IVirtualBox::host" /> attribute. This interface contains
4710 read-only information about the host's physical hardware (such as what
4711 processors, and disks are available, what the host operating system is,
4712 and so on) and also allows for manipulating some of the host's hardware,
4713 such as global USB device filters and host interface networking.
4714
4715 </desc>
4716 <attribute name="DVDDrives" type="IHostDVDDriveCollection" readonly="yes">
4717 <desc>List of DVD drives available on the host.</desc>
4718 </attribute>
4719
4720 <attribute name="floppyDrives" type="IHostFloppyDriveCollection" readonly="yes">
4721 <desc>List of floppy drives available on the host.</desc>
4722 </attribute>
4723
4724 <attribute name="USBDevices" type="IHostUSBDeviceCollection" readonly="yes">
4725 <desc>
4726 List of USB devices currently attached to the host.
4727 Once a new device is physically attached to the host computer,
4728 it appears in this list and remains there until detached.
4729
4730 <note>
4731 This method may set a @ref com_warnings "warning result code".
4732 </note>
4733 <note>
4734 If USB functionality is not avaliable in the given edition of
4735 VirtualBox, this method will set the result code to @c E_NOTIMPL.
4736 </note>
4737 </desc>
4738 </attribute>
4739
4740 <attribute name="USBDeviceFilters" type="IHostUSBDeviceFilterCollection" readonly="yes">
4741 <desc>
4742 List of USB device filters in action.
4743 When a new device is physically attached to the host computer,
4744 filters from this list are applied to it (in order they are stored
4745 in the list). The first matched filter will determine the
4746 <link to="IHostUSBDeviceFilter::action">action</link>
4747 performed on the device.
4748
4749 Unless the device is ignored by these filters, filters of all
4750 currently running virtual machines
4751 (<link to="IUSBController::deviceFilters"/>) are applied to it.
4752
4753 <note>
4754 This method may set a @ref com_warnings "warning result code".
4755 </note>
4756 <note>
4757 If USB functionality is not avaliable in the given edition of
4758 VirtualBox, this method will set the result code to @c E_NOTIMPL.
4759 </note>
4760
4761 <see>IHostUSBDeviceFilter, USBDeviceState</see>
4762 </desc>
4763 </attribute>
4764
4765<if target="midl">
4766 <attribute name="networkInterfaces" type="IHostNetworkInterfaceCollection" readonly="yes">
4767 <desc>List of host network interfaces currently defined on the host.</desc>
4768 </attribute>
4769</if>
4770
4771 <attribute name="processorCount" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
4772 <desc>Number of (logical) CPUs installed in the host system.</desc>
4773 </attribute>
4774
4775 <attribute name="processorSpeed" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
4776 <desc>(Approximate) speed of the host CPU in Megahertz.</desc>
4777 </attribute>
4778
4779 <attribute name="processorDescription" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
4780 <desc>Description string of the host CPU.</desc>
4781 </attribute>
4782
4783 <attribute name="memorySize" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
4784 <desc>Amount of system memory in megabytes installed in the host system.</desc>
4785 </attribute>
4786
4787 <attribute name="memoryAvailable" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
4788 <desc>Available system memory in the host system.</desc>
4789 </attribute>
4790
4791 <attribute name="operatingSystem" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
4792 <desc>Name of the host system's operating system.</desc>
4793 </attribute>
4794
4795 <attribute name="OSVersion" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
4796 <desc>Host operating system's version string.</desc>
4797 </attribute>
4798
4799 <attribute name="UTCTime" type="long long" readonly="yes">
4800 <desc>Returns the current host time in milliseconds since 1970-01-01 UTC.</desc>
4801 </attribute>
4802
4803<if target="midl">
4804 <method name="createHostNetworkInterface">
4805 <desc>
4806 Creates a new adapter for Host Interface Networking.
4807 </desc>
4808 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
4809 <desc>
4810 Adapter name.
4811 </desc>
4812 </param>
4813 <param name="hostInterface" type="IHostNetworkInterface" dir="out">
4814 <desc>
4815 Created host interface object.
4816 </desc>
4817 </param>
4818 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
4819 <desc>
4820 Progress object to track the operation completion.
4821 </desc>
4822 </param>
4823 </method>
4824 <method name="removeHostNetworkInterface">
4825 <desc>
4826 Removes the given host network interface.
4827 </desc>
4828 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
4829 <desc>
4830 Adapter GUID.
4831 </desc>
4832 </param>
4833 <param name="hostInterface" type="IHostNetworkInterface" dir="out">
4834 <desc>
4835 Removed host interface object.
4836 </desc>
4837 </param>
4838 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
4839 <desc>
4840 Progress object to track the operation completion.
4841 </desc>
4842 </param>
4843 </method>
4844</if>
4845
4846 <method name="createUSBDeviceFilter">
4847 <desc>
4848 Creates a new USB device filter. All attributes except
4849 the filter name are set to <tt>null</tt> (any match),
4850 <i>active</i> is <tt>false</tt> (the filter is not active).
4851
4852 The created filter can be added to the list of filters using
4853 <link to="#insertUSBDeviceFilter()"/>.
4854
4855 <see>#USBDeviceFilters</see>
4856 </desc>
4857 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
4858 <desc>
4859 Filter name. See <link to="IHostUSBDeviceFilter::name"/>
4860 for more info.
4861 </desc>
4862 </param>
4863 <param name="filter" type="IHostUSBDeviceFilter" dir="return">
4864 <desc>Created filter object.</desc>
4865 </param>
4866 </method>
4867
4868 <method name="insertUSBDeviceFilter">
4869 <desc>
4870 Inserts the given USB device to the specified position
4871 in the list of filters.
4872
4873 Positions are numbered starting from <tt>0</tt>. If the specified
4874 position is equal to or greater than the number of elements in
4875 the list, the filter is added to the end of the collection.
4876
4877 <note>
4878 Duplicates are not allowed, so an attempt to insert a
4879 filter that is already in the list, will return an
4880 error.
4881 </note>
4882 <note>
4883 This method may set a @ref com_warnings "warning result code".
4884 </note>
4885 <note>
4886 If USB functionality is not avaliable in the given edition of
4887 VirtualBox, this method will set the result code to @c E_NOTIMPL.
4888 </note>
4889
4890 <see>#USBDeviceFilters</see>
4891 </desc>
4892 <param name="position" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
4893 <desc>Position to insert the filter to.</desc>
4894 </param>
4895 <param name="filter" type="IHostUSBDeviceFilter" dir="in">
4896 <desc>USB device filter to insert.</desc>
4897 </param>
4898 </method>
4899
4900 <method name="removeUSBDeviceFilter">
4901 <desc>
4902 Removes a USB device filter from the specified position in the
4903 list of filters.
4904
4905 Positions are numbered starting from <tt>0</tt>. Specifying a
4906 position equal to or greater than the number of elements in
4907 the list will produce an error.
4908
4909 <note>
4910 This method may set a @ref com_warnings "warning result code".
4911 </note>
4912 <note>
4913 If USB functionality is not avaliable in the given edition of
4914 VirtualBox, this method will set the result code to @c E_NOTIMPL.
4915 </note>
4916
4917 <see>#USBDeviceFilters</see>
4918 </desc>
4919 <param name="position" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
4920 <desc>Position to remove the filter from.</desc>
4921 </param>
4922 <param name="filter" type="IHostUSBDeviceFilter" dir="return">
4923 <desc>Removed USB device filter.</desc>
4924 </param>
4925 </method>
4926
4927 </interface>
4928
4929 <!--
4930 // ISystemProperties
4931 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4932 -->
4933
4934 <interface
4935 name="ISystemProperties"
4936 extends="$unknown"
4937 uuid="12c2e31e-247f-4d51-82e5-5b9d4a6c7d5b"
4938 wsmap="managed"
4939 >
4940 <desc>
4941 The ISystemProperties interface represents global properties
4942 of the given VirtualBox installation.
4943
4944 These properties define limits and default values for various
4945 attributes and parameters. Most of the properties are read-only, but some can be
4946 changed by a user.
4947 </desc>
4948
4949 <attribute name="minGuestRAM" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
4950 <desc>Minium guest system memory in Megabytes.</desc>
4951 </attribute>
4952
4953 <attribute name="maxGuestRAM" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
4954 <desc>Maximum guest system memory in Megabytes.</desc>
4955 </attribute>
4956
4957 <attribute name="minGuestVRAM" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
4958 <desc>Minimum guest video memory in Megabytes.</desc>
4959 </attribute>
4960
4961 <attribute name="maxGuestVRAM" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
4962 <desc>Maximum guest video memory in Megabytes.</desc>
4963 </attribute>
4964
4965 <attribute name="maxVDISize" type="unsigned long long" readonly="yes">
4966 <desc>Maximum size of a virtual disk image in Megabytes.</desc>
4967 </attribute>
4968
4969 <attribute name="networkAdapterCount" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
4970 <desc>
4971 Number of network adapters associated with every
4972 <link to="IMachine"/> instance.
4973 </desc>
4974 </attribute>
4975
4976 <attribute name="serialPortCount" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
4977 <desc>
4978 Number of serial ports associated with every
4979 <link to="IMachine"/> instance.
4980 </desc>
4981 </attribute>
4982
4983 <attribute name="parallelPortCount" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
4984 <desc>
4985 Number of parallel ports associated with every
4986 <link to="IMachine"/> instance.
4987 </desc>
4988 </attribute>
4989
4990 <attribute name="maxBootPosition" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
4991 <desc>
4992 Maximum device position in the boot order. This value corresponds
4993 to the total number of devices a machine can boot from, to make it
4994 possible to include all possible devices to the boot list.
4995 <see><link to="IMachine::setBootOrder()"/></see>
4996 </desc>
4997 </attribute>
4998
4999 <attribute name="defaultVDIFolder" type="wstring">
5000 <desc>
5001 Full path to the default directory used to create new or open
5002 existing virtual disk images when an image file name contains no
5003 path.
5004
5005 The initial value of this property is
5006 <tt>&lt;</tt><link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder">
5007 VirtualBox_home</link><tt>&gt;/VDI</tt>.
5008
5009 <note>
5010 Setting this property to <tt>null</tt> will restore the
5011 initial value.
5012 </note>
5013 <note>
5014 When settings this property, the specified path can be
5015 absolute (full path) or relative
5016 to the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder">
5017 VirtualBox home directory</link>.
5018 When reading this property, a full path is
5019 always returned.
5020 </note>
5021 <note>
5022 The specified path may not exist, it will be created
5023 when necessary.
5024 </note>
5025
5026 <see>
5027 <link to="IVirtualBox::createHardDisk()"/>,
5028 <link to="IVirtualBox::openVirtualDiskImage()"/>
5029 </see>
5030 </desc>
5031 </attribute>
5032
5033 <attribute name="defaultMachineFolder" type="wstring">
5034 <desc>
5035 Full path to the default directory used to create new or open
5036 existing machines when a settings file name contains no
5037 path.
5038
5039 The initial value of this property is
5040 <tt>&lt;</tt><link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder">
5041 VirtualBox_home</link><tt>&gt;/Machines</tt>.
5042
5043 <note>
5044 Setting this property to <tt>null</tt> will restore the
5045 initial value.
5046 </note>
5047 <note>
5048 When settings this property, the specified path can be
5049 absolute (full path) or relative
5050 to the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder">
5051 VirtualBox home directory</link>.
5052 When reading this property, a full path is
5053 always returned.
5054 </note>
5055 <note>
5056 The specified path may not exist, it will be created
5057 when necessary.
5058 </note>
5059
5060 <see>
5061 <link to="IVirtualBox::createMachine()"/>,
5062 <link to="IVirtualBox::openMachine()"/>
5063 </see>
5064 </desc>
5065 </attribute>
5066
5067 <attribute name="remoteDisplayAuthLibrary" type="wstring">
5068 <desc>
5069 Library that provides authentication for VRDP clients. The library
5070 is used if a virtual machine's authentication type is set to "external"
5071 in the VM RemoteDisplay configuration.
5072
5073 The system library extension (".DLL" or ".so") must be omitted.
5074 A full path can be specified; if not, then the library must reside on the
5075 system's default library path.
5076
5077 The default value of this property is <tt>VRDPAuth</tt>. There is a library
5078 of that name in one of the default VirtualBox library directories.
5079
5080 For details about VirtualBox authentication libraries and how to implement
5081 them, please refer to the VirtualBox manual.
5082
5083 <note>
5084 Setting this property to <tt>null</tt> will restore the
5085 initial value.
5086 </note>
5087 </desc>
5088 </attribute>
5089
5090 <attribute name="webServiceAuthLibrary" type="wstring">
5091 <desc>
5092 Library that provides authentication for webservice clients. The library
5093 is used if a virtual machine's authentication type is set to "external"
5094 in the VM RemoteDisplay configuration and will be called from
5095 within the <link to="IWebsessionManager::logon" /> implementation.
5096
5097 As opposed to <link to="ISystemProperties::remoteDisplayAuthLibrary" />,
5098 there is no per-VM setting for this, as the webservice is a global
5099 resource (if it is running). Only for this setting (for the webservice),
5100 setting this value to a literal "null" string disables authentication,
5101 meaning that <link to="IWebsessionManager::logon" /> will always succeed,
5102 no matter what user name and password are supplied.
5103
5104 The initial value of this property is <tt>VRDPAuth</tt>,
5105 meaning that the webservice will use the same authentication
5106 library that is used by default for VBoxVRDP (again, see
5107 <link to="ISystemProperties::remoteDisplayAuthLibrary" />).
5108 The format and calling convetion of authentication libraries
5109 is the same for the webservice as it is for VBoxVRDP.
5110
5111 </desc>
5112 </attribute>
5113
5114 <attribute name="HWVirtExEnabled" type="boolean">
5115 <desc>
5116 This specifies the default value for hardware virtualization
5117 extensions. If enabled, virtual machines will make use of
5118 hardware virtualization extensions such as Intel VT-x and
5119 AMD-V by default. This value can be overridden by each VM
5120 using their <link to="IMachine::HWVirtExEnabled" /> property.
5121 </desc>
5122 </attribute>
5123
5124 <attribute name="LogHistoryCount" type="unsigned long">
5125 <desc>
5126 This value specifies how many old release log files are kept.
5127 </desc>
5128 </attribute>
5129 </interface>
5130
5131 <!--
5132 // IGuest
5133 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
5134 -->
5135
5136 <interface
5137 name="IGuestOSType" extends="$unknown"
5138 uuid="da94f478-1f37-4726-b750-2235950dc2fe"
5139 wsmap="struct"
5140 >
5141 <desc>
5142 <note>With the COM API, this is an interface like all the others. With the webservice,
5143 this is mapped to a structure, so querying the attribute will not return an object,
5144 but a complete structure.</note>
5145 </desc>
5146
5147 <attribute name="id" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
5148 <desc>Guest OS identifier string.</desc>
5149 </attribute>
5150
5151 <attribute name="description" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
5152 <desc>Human readable description of the guest OS.</desc>
5153 </attribute>
5154
5155 <attribute name="recommendedRAM" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
5156 <desc>Recommended RAM size in Megabytes.</desc>
5157 </attribute>
5158
5159 <attribute name="recommendedVRAM" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
5160 <desc>Recommended video RAM size in Megabytes.</desc>
5161 </attribute>
5162
5163 <attribute name="recommendedHDD" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
5164 <desc>Recommended hard disk size in Megabytes.</desc>
5165 </attribute>
5166 </interface>
5167
5168
5169 <enumerator
5170 name="IGuestOSTypeEnumerator" type="IGuestOSType"
5171 uuid="a3335e02-4669-4e3c-80c7-c4dc7056a07c"
5172 />
5173
5174 <collection
5175 name="IGuestOSTypeCollection" type="IGuestOSType" enumerator="IGuestOSTypeEnumerator"
5176 uuid="a5e36749-a610-498b-9f29-2e36c1042d65"
5177 readonly="yes"
5178 />
5179
5180 <interface
5181 name="IGuest" extends="$unknown"
5182 uuid="d8556fca-81bc-12af-fca3-365528fa38ca"
5183
5184 wsmap="suppress"
5185 >
5186 <desc>
5187 The IGuest interface represents information about the operating system
5188 running inside the virtual machine. Used in
5189 <link to="IConsole::guest"/>.
5190
5191 IGuest provides information about the guest operating system, whether
5192 Guest Additions are installed and other OS-specific virtual machine
5193 properties.
5194 </desc>
5195
5196 <attribute name="OSTypeId" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
5197 <desc>
5198 Identifier of the Guest OS type as reported by the Guest
5199 Additions.
5200 You may use <link to="IVirtualBox::getGuestOSType"/> to obtain
5201 an IGuestOSType object representing details about the given
5202 Guest OS type.
5203 <note>
5204 If Guest Additions are not installed, this value will be
5205 the same as <link to="IMachine::OSTypeId"/>.
5206 </note>
5207 </desc>
5208 </attribute>
5209
5210 <attribute name="additionsActive" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
5211 <desc>
5212 Flag whether the Guest Additions are installed and active
5213 in which case their version will be returned by the
5214 <link to="#additionsVersion"/> property.
5215 </desc>
5216 </attribute>
5217
5218 <attribute name="additionsVersion" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
5219 <desc>
5220 Version of the Guest Additions (3 decimal numbers separated
5221 by dots) or empty when the Additions are not installed. The
5222 Additions may also report a version but yet not be active as
5223 the version might be refused by VirtualBox (incompatible) or
5224 other failures occured.
5225 </desc>
5226 </attribute>
5227
5228 <attribute name="supportsSeamless" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
5229 <desc>
5230 Flag whether seamless guest display rendering (seamless desktop
5231 integration) is supported.
5232 </desc>
5233 </attribute>
5234
5235 <attribute name="supportsGraphics" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
5236 <desc>
5237 Flag whether the guest is in graphics mode. If it is not, then
5238 seamless rendering will not work, resize hints are not immediately
5239 acted on and guest display resizes are probably not initiated by
5240 the guest additions.
5241 </desc>
5242 </attribute>
5243
5244 <attribute name="memoryBalloonSize" type="unsigned long">
5245 <desc>Guest system memory balloon size in megabytes.</desc>
5246 </attribute>
5247
5248 <attribute name="statisticsUpdateInterval" type="unsigned long">
5249 <desc>Interval to update guest statistics in seconds.</desc>
5250 </attribute>
5251
5252 <method name="setCredentials">
5253 <desc>
5254 Store login credentials that can be queried by guest operating
5255 systems with Additions installed. The credentials are transient
5256 to the session and the guest may also choose to erase them. Note
5257 that the caller cannot determine whether the guest operating system
5258 has queried or made use of the credentials.
5259 </desc>
5260 <param name="userName" type="wstring" dir="in">
5261 <desc>User name string, can be empty</desc>
5262 </param>
5263 <param name="password" type="wstring" dir="in">
5264 <desc>Password string, can be empty</desc>
5265 </param>
5266 <param name="domain" type="wstring" dir="in">
5267 <desc>Domain name (guest logon scheme specific), can be emtpy</desc>
5268 </param>
5269 <param name="allowInteractiveLogon" type="boolean" dir="in">
5270 <desc>
5271 Flag whether the guest should alternatively allow the user to
5272 interactively specify different credentials. This flag might
5273 not be supported by all versions of the Additions.
5274 </desc>
5275 </param>
5276 </method>
5277
5278 <method name="getStatistic">
5279 <desc>
5280 Query specified guest statistics as reported by the VirtualBox Additions.
5281 </desc>
5282 <param name="cpuId" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
5283 <desc>Virtual CPU id; not relevant for all statistic types</desc>
5284 </param>
5285 <param name="statistic" type="GuestStatisticType" dir="in">
5286 <desc>Statistic type.</desc>
5287 </param>
5288 <param name="statVal" type="unsigned long" dir="out">
5289 <desc>Statistics value</desc>
5290 </param>
5291 </method>
5292
5293 </interface>
5294
5295
5296 <!--
5297 // IProgress
5298 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
5299 -->
5300
5301 <enumerator
5302 name="IProgressEnumerator" type="IProgress"
5303 uuid="e0380522-4ef1-48f4-856c-e455177ccb2d"
5304 />
5305
5306 <collection
5307 name="IProgressCollection" type="IProgress" enumerator="IProgressEnumerator"
5308 uuid="78B76A7C-F0F2-467c-9F0E-F089A54EE957"
5309 readonly="yes"
5310 />
5311
5312 <interface
5313 name="IProgress" extends="$unknown"
5314 uuid="10CC03A1-717E-429b-992D-C67B56175A51"
5315 wsmap="managed"
5316 >
5317 <desc>
5318 The IProgress interface represents a task progress object that allows
5319 to wait for the completion of some asynchronous task.
5320
5321 The task consists of one or more operations that run sequentially,
5322 one after one. There is an individual percent of completion of the
5323 current operation and the percent of completion of the task as a
5324 whole. Similarly, you can wait for the completion of a particular
5325 operation or for the completion of the whole task.
5326
5327 Every operation is identified by a number (starting from 0)
5328 and has a separate description.
5329 </desc>
5330
5331 <attribute name="id" type="uuid" readonly="yes">
5332 <desc>ID of the task.</desc>
5333 </attribute>
5334
5335 <attribute name="description" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
5336 <desc>Description of the task.</desc>
5337 </attribute>
5338
5339 <attribute name="initiator" type="$unknown" readonly="yes">
5340 <desc>Initiator of the task.</desc>
5341 </attribute>
5342
5343 <attribute name="cancelable" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
5344 <desc>Whether the task can be interrupted.</desc>
5345 </attribute>
5346
5347 <attribute name="percent" type="long" readonly="yes">
5348 <desc>
5349 Current task progress value in percent.
5350 This value depends on how many operations are already complete.
5351 </desc>
5352 </attribute>
5353
5354 <attribute name="completed" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
5355 <desc>Whether the task has been completed.</desc>
5356 </attribute>
5357
5358 <attribute name="canceled" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
5359 <desc>Whether the task has been canceled.</desc>
5360 </attribute>
5361
5362 <attribute name="resultCode" type="result" readonly="yes">
5363 <desc>
5364 Result code of the progress task.
5365 Valid only if <link to="#completed"/> is true.
5366 </desc>
5367 </attribute>
5368
5369 <attribute name="errorInfo" type="IVirtualBoxErrorInfo" readonly="yes">
5370 <desc>
5371 Extended information about the unsuccessful result of the
5372 progress operation. May be NULL when no extended information
5373 is available.
5374 Valid only if <link to="#completed"/> is true and
5375 <link to="#resultCode"/> indicates a failure.
5376 </desc>
5377 </attribute>
5378
5379 <attribute name="operationCount" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
5380 <desc>
5381 Number of operations this task is divided into.
5382 Every task consists of at least one operation.
5383 </desc>
5384 </attribute>
5385
5386 <attribute name="operation" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
5387 <desc>Number of the operation being currently executed.</desc>
5388 </attribute>
5389
5390 <attribute name="operationDescription" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
5391 <desc>
5392 Description of the operation being currently executed.
5393 </desc>
5394 </attribute>
5395
5396 <attribute name="operationPercent" type="long" readonly="yes">
5397 <desc>Current operation progress value in percent.</desc>
5398 </attribute>
5399
5400 <method name="waitForCompletion">
5401 <desc>
5402 Waits until the task is done (including all operations) with a
5403 given timeout.
5404 </desc>
5405 <param name="timeout" type="long" dir="in">
5406 <desc>
5407 Timeout value in milliseconds.
5408 Specify -1 for an indefinite wait.
5409 </desc>
5410 </param>
5411 </method>
5412
5413 <method name="waitForOperationCompletion">
5414 <desc>
5415 Waits until the given operation is done with a given timeout.
5416 </desc>
5417 <param name="operation" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
5418 <desc>
5419 Number of the operation to wait for.
5420 Must be less than <link to="#operationCount"/>.
5421 </desc>
5422 </param>
5423 <param name="timeout" type="long" dir="in">
5424 <desc>
5425 Timeout value in milliseconds.
5426 Specify -1 for an indefinite wait.
5427 </desc>
5428 </param>
5429 </method>
5430
5431 <method name="cancel">
5432 <desc>
5433 Cancels the task.
5434 <note>
5435 If <link to="#cancelable"/> is <tt>false</tt>, then
5436 this method will fail.
5437 </note>
5438 </desc>
5439 </method>
5440
5441 </interface>
5442
5443
5444 <!--
5445 // ISnapshot
5446 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
5447 -->
5448
5449 <enumerator
5450 name="ISnapshotEnumerator" type="ISnapshot"
5451 uuid="25cfa2a4-1f1d-4f05-9658-b7a5894ef1a3"
5452 />
5453
5454 <collection
5455 name="ISnapshotCollection" type="ISnapshot"
5456 enumerator="ISnapshotEnumerator"
5457 uuid="23852e3c-94cd-4801-ab05-ed35675b3894"
5458 readonly="yes"
5459 />
5460
5461 <interface
5462 name="ISnapshot" extends="$unknown"
5463 uuid="9f1bbf79-13b0-4da2-abba-4a992c65c083"
5464 wsmap="managed"
5465 >
5466 <desc>
5467 The ISnapshot interface represents a snapshot of the virtual
5468 machine.
5469
5470 The <i>snapshot</i> stores all the information about a virtual
5471 machine necessary to bring it to exactly the same state as it was at
5472 the time of taking the snapshot. The snapshot includes:
5473
5474 <ul>
5475 <li>all settings of the virtual machine (i.e. its hardware
5476 configuration: RAM size, attached hard disks, etc.)
5477 </li>
5478 <li>the execution state of the virtual machine (memory contents,
5479 CPU state, etc.).
5480 </li>
5481 </ul>
5482
5483 Snapshots can be <i>offline</i> (taken when the VM is powered off)
5484 or <i>online</i> (taken when the VM is running). The execution
5485 state of the offline snapshot is called a <i>zero execution state</i>
5486 (it doesn't actually contain any information about memory contents
5487 or the CPU state, assuming that all hardware is just powered off).
5488
5489 <h3>Snapshot branches</h3>
5490
5491 Snapshots can be chained. Chained snapshots form a branch where
5492 every next snapshot is based on the previous one. This chaining is
5493 mostly related to hard disk branching (see <link to="IHardDisk"/>
5494 description). This means that every time a new snapshot is created,
5495 a new differencing hard disk is implicitly created for all normal
5496 hard disks attached to the given virtual machine. This allows to
5497 fully restore hard disk contents when the machine is later reverted
5498 to a particular snapshot.
5499
5500 In the current implelemtation, multiple snapshot branches within one
5501 virtual machine are not allowed. Every machine has a signle branch,
5502 and <link to="IConsole::takeSnapshot()"/> operation adds a new
5503 snapshot to the top of that branch.
5504
5505 Existings snapshots can be discarded using
5506 <link to="IConsole::discardSnapshot()"/>.
5507
5508 <h3>Current snapshot</h3>
5509
5510 Every virtual machine has a current snapshot, identified by
5511 <link to="IMachine::currentSnapshot"/>. This snapshot is used as
5512 a base for the <i>current machine state</i> (see below), to the effect
5513 that all normal hard disks of the machine and its execution
5514 state are based on this snapshot.
5515
5516 In the current implementation, the current snapshot is always the
5517 last taken snapshot (i.e. the head snapshot on the branch) and it
5518 cannot be changed.
5519
5520 The current snapshot is <tt>null</tt> if the machine doesn't have
5521 snapshots at all; in this case the current machine state is just
5522 current settings of this machine plus its current execution state.
5523
5524 <h3>Current machine state</h3>
5525
5526 The current machine state is what represened by IMachine instances got
5527 directly from IVirtualBox
5528 using <link
5529 to="IVirtualBox::getMachine()">getMachine()</link>, <link
5530 to="IVirtualBox::findMachine()">findMachine()</link>, etc. (as opposed
5531 to instances returned by <link to="ISnapshot::machine"/>). This state
5532 is always used when the machine is <link to="IConsole::powerUp"> powered
5533 on</link>.
5534
5535 The current machine state also includes the current execution state.
5536 If the machine is being currently executed
5537 (<link to="IMachine::state"/> is <link to="MachineState::Running"/>
5538 and above), its execution state is just what's happening now.
5539 If it is powered off (<link to="MachineState::PoweredOff"/> or
5540 <link to="MachineState::Aborted"/>), it has a zero execution state.
5541 If the machine is saved (<link to="MachineState::Saved"/>), its
5542 execution state is what saved in the execution state file
5543 (<link to="IMachine::stateFilePath"/>).
5544
5545 If the machine is in the saved state, then, next time it is powered
5546 on, its execution state will be fully restored from the saved state
5547 file and the execution will continue from the point where the state
5548 was saved.
5549
5550 Similarly to snapshots, the current machine state can be discarded
5551 using <link to="IConsole::discardCurrentState()"/>.
5552
5553 <h3>Taking and discarding snapshots</h3>
5554
5555 The table below briefly explains the meaning of every snapshot
5556 operation:
5557
5558 <table>
5559 <tr><th>Operation</th><th>Meaning</th><th>Remarks</th></tr>
5560
5561 <tr><td><link to="IConsole::takeSnapshot()"/></td>
5562
5563 <td>Save the current state of the virtual machine, including all
5564 settings, contents of normal hard disks and the current modifications
5565 to immutable hard disks (for online snapshots)</td>
5566
5567 <td>The current state is not changed (the machine will continue
5568 execution if it is being executed when the snapshot is
5569 taken)</td></tr>
5570
5571 <tr><td><link to="IConsole::discardSnapshot()"/></td>
5572
5573 <td>Forget the state of the virtual machine stored in the snapshot:
5574 dismiss all saved settings and delete the saved execution state (for
5575 online snapshots)</td>
5576
5577 <td>Other snapshots (including child snapshots, if any) and the
5578 current state are not directly affected</td></tr>
5579
5580 <tr><td><link to="IConsole::discardCurrentState()"/></td>
5581
5582 <td>Restore the current state of the virtual machine from the state
5583 stored in the current snapshot, including all settings and hard disk
5584 contents</td>
5585
5586 <td>The current state of the machine existed prior to this operation
5587 is lost</td></tr>
5588
5589 <tr><td><link to="IConsole::discardCurrentSnapshotAndState()"/></td>
5590
5591 <td>Completely revert the virtual machine to the state it was in
5592 before the current snapshot has been taken</td>
5593
5594 <td>The current state, as well as the current snapshot, are
5595 lost</td></tr>
5596
5597 </table>
5598
5599 </desc>
5600
5601 <attribute name="id" type="uuid" readonly="yes">
5602 <desc>UUID of the snapshot.</desc>
5603 </attribute>
5604
5605 <attribute name="name" type="wstring">
5606 <desc>Short name of the snapshot.</desc>
5607 </attribute>
5608
5609 <attribute name="description" type="wstring">
5610 <desc>Optional description of the snapshot.</desc>
5611 </attribute>
5612
5613 <attribute name="timeStamp" type="long long" readonly="yes">
5614 <desc>
5615 Time stamp of the snapshot, in milliseconds since 1970-01-01 UTC.
5616 </desc>
5617 </attribute>
5618
5619 <attribute name="online" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
5620 <desc>
5621 <tt>true</tt> if this snapshot is an online snapshot and
5622 <tt>false</tt> otherwise.
5623
5624 <note>
5625 When this attribute is <tt>true</tt>, the
5626 <link to="IMachine::stateFilePath"/> attribute of the
5627 <link to="#machine"/> object associated with this snapshot
5628 will point to the saved state file. Otherwise, it will be
5629 <tt>null</tt>.
5630 </note>
5631 </desc>
5632 </attribute>
5633
5634 <attribute name="machine" type="IMachine" readonly="yes">
5635 <desc>
5636 Virtual machine this snapshot is taken on. This object
5637 stores all settings the machine had when taking this snapshot.
5638 <note>
5639 The returned machine object is immutable, i.e. no
5640 any settings can be changed.
5641 </note>
5642 </desc>
5643 </attribute>
5644
5645 <attribute name="parent" type="ISnapshot" readonly="yes">
5646 <desc>
5647 Parent snapshot (a snapshot this one is based on).
5648 <note>
5649 It's not an error to read this attribute on a snapshot
5650 that doesn't have a parent -- a null object will be
5651 returned to indicate this.
5652 </note>
5653 </desc>
5654 </attribute>
5655
5656 <attribute name="children" type="ISnapshotCollection" readonly="yes">
5657 <desc>
5658 Child snapshots (all snapshots having this one as a parent).
5659 <note>
5660 In the current implementation, there can be only one
5661 child snapshot, or no children at all, meaning this is the
5662 last (head) snapshot.
5663 </note>
5664 </desc>
5665 </attribute>
5666
5667 </interface>
5668
5669 <!--
5670 // IHardDisk
5671 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
5672 -->
5673
5674 <enum
5675 name="HardDiskStorageType"
5676 uuid="48138584-ad99-479d-a36f-eb82a7663685"
5677 >
5678 <desc>
5679 Virtual hard disk storage type.
5680 <see>IHardDisk</see>
5681 </desc>
5682
5683 <const name="VirtualDiskImage" value="0">
5684 <desc>
5685 Virtual Disk Image, VDI (a regular file in the file
5686 system of the host OS, see <link to="IVirtualDiskImage"/>)
5687 </desc>
5688 </const>
5689 <const name="ISCSIHardDisk" value="1">
5690 <desc>
5691 iSCSI Remote Disk (a disk accessed via the Internet
5692 SCSI protocol over a TCP/IP network, see
5693 <link to="IISCSIHardDisk"/>)
5694 </desc>
5695 </const>
5696 <const name="VMDKImage" value="2">
5697 <desc>
5698 VMware Virtual Machine Disk image (a regular file in the file
5699 system of the host OS, see <link to="IVMDKImage"/>)
5700 </desc>
5701 </const>
5702 <const name="CustomHardDisk" value="3">
5703 <desc>
5704 Disk formats supported through plugins (see
5705 <link to="ICustomHardDisk"/>)
5706 </desc>
5707 </const>
5708 <const name="VHDImage" value="4">
5709 <desc>
5710 Virtual PC Virtual Machine Disk image (a regular file in the file
5711 system of the host OS, see <link to="IVHDImage"/>)
5712 </desc>
5713 </const>
5714 </enum>
5715
5716 <enum
5717 name="HardDiskType"
5718 uuid="a348fafd-a64e-4643-ba65-eb3896bd7e0a"
5719 >
5720 <desc>
5721 Virtual hard disk type.
5722 <see>IHardDisk</see>
5723 </desc>
5724
5725 <const name="Normal" value="0">
5726 <desc>
5727 Normal hard disk (attached directly or indirectly, preserved
5728 when taking snapshots).
5729 </desc>
5730 </const>
5731 <const name="Immutable" value="1">
5732 <desc>
5733 Immutable hard disk (attached indirectly, changes are wiped out
5734 after powering off the virtual machine).
5735 </desc>
5736 </const>
5737 <const name="Writethrough" value="2">
5738 <desc>
5739 Write through hard disk (attached directly, ignored when
5740 taking snapshots).
5741 </desc>
5742 </const>
5743 </enum>
5744
5745 <interface
5746 name="IHardDiskAttachment" extends="$unknown"
5747 uuid="c0ffe596-21c6-4797-8d8a-b47b66881e7a"
5748 wsmap="struct"
5749 >
5750 <desc>
5751 <note>With the COM API, this is an interface like all the others. With the webservice,
5752 this is mapped to a structure, so querying the attribute will not return an object,
5753 but a complete structure.</note>
5754 </desc>
5755 <attribute name="hardDisk" type="IHardDisk" readonly="yes">
5756 <desc>Harddisk object this attachment is about.</desc>
5757 </attribute>
5758
5759 <attribute name="bus" type="StorageBus" readonly="yes">
5760 <desc>Disk controller ID of this attachment.</desc>
5761 </attribute>
5762
5763 <attribute name="channel" type="long" readonly="yes">
5764 <desc>Channel number of the attachment.</desc>
5765 </attribute>
5766
5767 <attribute name="device" type="long" readonly="yes">
5768 <desc>Device slot number of the attachment.</desc>
5769 </attribute>
5770
5771 </interface>
5772
5773 <enumerator
5774 name="IHardDiskAttachmentEnumerator" type="IHardDiskAttachment"
5775 uuid="9955e486-2f0b-432a-99e4-0ebbd338875e"
5776 />
5777
5778 <collection
5779 name="IHardDiskAttachmentCollection" type="IHardDiskAttachment"
5780 enumerator="IHardDiskAttachmentEnumerator"
5781 uuid="8f727842-bb77-45d4-92de-4ec14bf613c9"
5782 readonly="yes"
5783 />
5784
5785 <enumerator
5786 name="IHardDiskEnumerator" type="IHardDisk"
5787 uuid="b976f97b-cdb8-47e3-9860-084031cbd533"
5788 />
5789
5790 <collection
5791 name="IHardDiskCollection" type="IHardDisk"
5792 enumerator="IHardDiskEnumerator"
5793 uuid="43EAC2BC-5C61-40fa-BC38-46DE2C7DB6BB"
5794 readonly="yes"
5795 />
5796
5797 <interface
5798 name="IHardDisk" extends="$unknown"
5799 uuid="FD443EC1-000F-4F5B-9282-D72760A66916"
5800 wsmap="managed"
5801 >
5802 <desc>
5803 The IHardDisk interface represents a virtual hard disk drive
5804 used by virtual machines.
5805
5806 The virtual hard disk drive virtualizes the hard disk hardware and
5807 looks like a regular hard disk inside the virtual machine and
5808 the guest OS.
5809
5810 <h3>Storage Types</h3>
5811
5812 The <link to="HardDiskStorageType">storage type</link> of the
5813 virtual hard disk determines where and how it stores its data
5814 (sectors). Currently, the following storage types are supported:
5815
5816 <ul>
5817
5818 <li>
5819 <i>Virtual Disk Image (VDI)</i>, a regular file in the file system
5820 of the host OS (represented by the <link to="IVirtualDiskImage"/>
5821 interface). This file has a special format optimized so that unused
5822 sectors of data occupy much less space than on a physical hard disk.
5823 </li>
5824
5825 <li>
5826 <i>iSCSI Remote Disk</i>, a disk accessed via the Internet SCSI
5827 protocol over a TCP/IP network link (represented by the
5828 <link to="IISCSIHardDisk"/> interface).
5829 </li>
5830
5831 <li>
5832 <i>VMware VMDK image</i>, a regular file in the file system of the
5833 host OS (represented by the <link to="IVMDKImage"/> interface).
5834 Note that the regular file may be just a descriptor referring to
5835 further files, so don't make assumptions about the OS representation
5836 of a VMDK image.
5837 </li>
5838
5839 <li>
5840 <i>Custom HardDisk</i>, a disk accessed via a plugin which is loaded
5841 when the disk is accessed (represented by the
5842 <link to="ICustomHardDisk"/> interface).
5843 </li>
5844
5845 <li>
5846 <i>Virtual PC VHD Image</i>, a regular file in the file system of the
5847 host OS (represented by the <link to="IVHDImage"/> interface).
5848 </li>
5849
5850 </ul>
5851
5852 The storage type of the particular hard disk object is indicated by
5853 the <link to="#storageType"/> property.
5854
5855 Each storage type is represented by its own interface (as shown
5856 above), that allows to query and set properties and perform
5857 operations specific to that storage type. When an IHardDisk object
5858 reports it uses some particular storage type, it also guaranteed to
5859 support the corresponding interface which you can query. And vice
5860 versa, every object that supports a storage-specific interface, also
5861 supports IHardDisk.
5862
5863 <h3>Virtual Hard Disk Types</h3>
5864
5865 The <link to="HardDiskType">type</link> of the virtual hard disk
5866 determines how it is attached to the virtual machine when you call
5867 <link to="IMachine::attachHardDisk()"/> and what happens to it when
5868 a <link to="ISnapshot">snapshot</link> of the virtual machine is
5869 taken.
5870
5871 There are three types of virtual hard disks:
5872
5873 <ul>
5874 <li><i>Normal</i></li>
5875 <li><i>Immutable</i></li>
5876 <li><i>Writethrough</i></li>
5877 </ul>
5878
5879 The virtual disk type is indicated by the <link to="#type"/>
5880 property. Each of the above types is described in detail further
5881 down.
5882
5883 There is also a forth, "hidden" virtual disk type:
5884 <i>Differencing</i>. It is "hidden" because you cannot directly
5885 create hard disks of this type -- they are automatically created by
5886 VirtualBox when necessary.
5887
5888 <b>Differencing Hard Disks</b>
5889
5890 Unlike disks of other types (that are similar to real hard disks),
5891 the differencing hard disk does not store the full range of data
5892 sectors. Instead, it stores only a subset of sectors of some other
5893 disk that were changed since the differencing hard disk has been
5894 created. Thus, every differencing hard disk has a parent hard disk
5895 it is linked to, and represents the difference between the initial
5896 and the current hard disk state. A differencing hard disk can be
5897 linked to another differencing hard disk -- this way, differencing
5898 hard disks can form a branch of changes. More over, a given virtual
5899 hard disk can have more than one differencing hard disk linked to
5900 it.
5901
5902 A disk the differencing hard disk is linked to (or, in other words,
5903 based on) is called a <i>parent</i> hard disk and is accessible through
5904 the <link to="#parent"/> property. Similarly, all existing differencing
5905 hard disks for a given parent hard disk are called its <i>child</i> hard
5906 disks (and accessible through the <link to="#children"/> property).
5907
5908 All differencing hard disks use Virtual Disk Image files to store
5909 changed sectors. They have the <link to="#type"/> property set to
5910 Normal, but can be easily distinguished from normal hard disks using
5911 the <link to="#parent"/> property: all differencing hard disks have
5912 a parent, while all normal hard disks don't.
5913
5914 When the virtual machine makes an attempt to read a sector that is
5915 missing in a differencing hard disk, its parent is accessed to
5916 resolve the sector in question. This process continues until the
5917 sector is found, or until the root hard disk is encountered, which
5918 always contains all sectors. As a consequence,
5919
5920 <ul>
5921
5922 <li>
5923 The virtual hard disk geometry seen by the guest OS is
5924 always defined by the root hard disk.
5925 </li>
5926
5927 <li>
5928 All hard disks on a branch, up to the root, must be
5929 <link to="#accessible"/> for a given differencing hard disk in order
5930 to let it function properly when the virtual machine is
5931 running.
5932 </li>
5933
5934 </ul>
5935
5936 Differencing hard disks can be implicitly created by VirtualBox in
5937 the following cases:
5938
5939 <ul>
5940
5941 <li>
5942 When a hard disk is <i>indirectly</i> attached to the virtual
5943 machine using <link to="IMachine::attachHardDisk()"/>. In this
5944 case, all disk writes performed by the guest OS will go to the
5945 created diffferencing hard disk, as opposed to the
5946 <i>direct</i> attachment, where all changes are written to the
5947 attached hard disk itself.
5948 </li>
5949
5950 <li>
5951 When a <link to="ISnapshot">snapshot</link> of the virtual machine
5952 is taken. After that, disk writes to hard disks the differencing
5953 ones have been created for, will be directed to those differencing
5954 hard disks, to preserve the contents of the original disks.
5955 </li>
5956
5957 </ul>
5958
5959 Whether to create a differencing hard disk or not depends on the
5960 type of the hard disk attached to the virtual machine. This is
5961 explained below.
5962
5963 Note that in the current implementation, only the
5964 <link to="VirtualDiskImage"/> storage type is used to
5965 represent differencing hard disks. In other words, all
5966 differencing hard disks are <link to="IVirtualDiskImage"/>
5967 objects.
5968
5969 <b>Normal Hard Disks</b>
5970
5971 Normal hard disks are the most commonly used virtual hard disk. A
5972 normal hard disk is attached to the machine directly if it is not
5973 already attached to some other machine. Otherwise, an attempt to
5974 make an indirect attachment through a differencing hard disk will be
5975 made. This attempt will fail if the hard disk is attached to a
5976 virtual machine without snapshots (because it's impossible to create
5977 a differencing hard disk based on a hard disk that is subject to
5978 change).
5979
5980 When an indirect attachment takes place, in the simplest case, where
5981 the machine the hard disk is being attached to doesn't have
5982 snapshots, the differencing hard disk will be based on the normal
5983 hard disk being attached. Otherwise, the first (i.e. the most
5984 recent) descendant of the given normal hard disk found in the
5985 current snapshot branch (starting from the current snapshot and
5986 going up to the root) will be actually used as a base.
5987
5988 Note that when you detach an indirectly attached hard disk from the
5989 machine, the created differencing hard disk image is simply
5990 <b>deleted</b>, so <b>all changes are lost</b>. If you attach the
5991 same disk again, a clean differencing disk will be created based on
5992 the most recent child, as described above.
5993
5994 When taking a snapshot, the contents of all normal hard disks (and
5995 all differencing disks whose roots are normal hard disks) currently
5996 attached to the virtual machine is preserved by creating
5997 differencing hard disks based on them.
5998
5999 <b>Immutable Hard Disks</b>
6000
6001 Immutable hard disks can be used to provide a sort of read-only
6002 access. An immutable hard disk is always attached indirectly. The
6003 created differencing hard disk is automatically wiped out (recreated
6004 from scratch) every time you power off the virtual machine. Thus,
6005 the contents of the immutable disk remains unchanged between runs.
6006
6007 Detaching an immutable hard disk deletes the differencing disk
6008 created for it, with the same effect as in case with normal hard
6009 disks.
6010
6011 When taking a snapshot, the differencing part of the immutable
6012 hard disk is cloned (i.e. copied to a separate Virtual Disk Image
6013 file) without any changes. This is necessary to preserve the exact
6014 virtual machine state when you create an online snapshot.
6015
6016 <b>Writethrough Hard Disks</b>
6017
6018 Hard disks of this type are always attached directly. This means
6019 that every given writethrough hard disk can be attached only to one
6020 virtual machine at a time.
6021
6022 It is impossible to take a snapshot of a virtual machine with the
6023 writethrough hard disk attached, because taking a snapshot implies
6024 saving the execution state and preserving the contents of all hard
6025 disks, but writethrough hard disks cannot be preserved. Preserving
6026 hard disk contents is necessary to ensure the guest OS stored in the
6027 snapshot will get the same hard disk state when restored, which is
6028 especially important when it has open file handles or when there are
6029 cached files and directories stored in memory.
6030
6031 <h3>Creating, Opening and Registering Hard Disks</h3>
6032
6033 Non-differencing hard disks are either created from scratch using
6034 <link to="IVirtualBox::createHardDisk()"/> or opened from a VDI file
6035 using <link to="IVirtualBox::openVirtualDiskImage()"/> (only for hard
6036 disks using the VirtualDiskImage storage type). Once a hard disk is
6037 created or opened, it needs to be registered using
6038 <link to="IVirtualBox::registerHardDisk()"/> to make it available for
6039 attaching to virtual machines. See the documentation of individual
6040 interfaces for various storage types to get more information.
6041
6042 Differencing hard disks are never created explicitly and cannot
6043 be registered or unregistered; they are automatically registered
6044 upon creation and deregistered when deleted.
6045
6046 <h3>More about Indirect Hard Disk Attachments</h3>
6047
6048 Normally, when you attach a hard disk to the virtual machine, and then
6049 query the corresponding attachment using
6050 <link to="IMachine::getHardDisk()"/> or
6051 <link to="IMachine::hardDiskAttachments"/> you will get the same hard
6052 disk object, whose UUID you passed earlier to
6053 <link to="IMachine::attachHardDisk()"/>. However, when an indirect
6054 attachment takes place, calling <link to="IMachine::getHardDisk()"/>
6055 will return a differencing hard disk object, that is either based on the
6056 attached hard disk or on another differencing hard disk, the attached
6057 hard disk is eventually a root for (as described above). In both cases
6058 the returned hard disk object is the object the virtual machine actually
6059 uses to perform disk writes to.
6060
6061 Regardless of whether the attachment is direct or indirect, the
6062 <link to="#machineId"/> property of the attached disk will contain an
6063 UUID of the machine object <link to="IMachine::attachHardDisk()"/>
6064 has been called on.
6065
6066 Note that both <link to="IMachine::attachHardDisk()"/> and
6067 <link to="IMachine::detachHardDisk()"/> are <i>lazy</i> operations. In
6068 particular, this means that when an indirect attachment is made,
6069 differencing hard disks are not created until machine settings are
6070 committed using <link to="IMachine::saveSettings()"/>. Similarly, when a
6071 differencing hard disk is detached, it is not deleted until
6072 <link to="IMachine::saveSettings()"/> is called. Calling
6073 <link to="IMachine::discardSettings()"/> cancels all lazy attachments or
6074 detachments made since the last commit and effectively restores the
6075 previous set of hard disks.
6076
6077 <h3>Hard Disk Accessibility</h3>
6078
6079 The <link to="#accessible"/> attribute of the hard disk object
6080 defines the accessibility state of the respective hard disk storage
6081 (for example, the VDI file for IVirtualDiskImage objects). If the
6082 value of this attribute is <tt>false</tt> then some hard disk
6083 attributes may contain invalid or outdated values (for example, the
6084 virtual or the actual hard disk size) until a new accessibility
6085 check is done that returns <tt>true</tt> (see the attribute
6086 description for more details).
6087
6088 <note>
6089 Because of the possible slowness of the accessibility check,
6090 it is not implicitly performed upon the VirtualBox server startup
6091 (to prevent the application freeze). In partcular, this means that
6092 if you try to read hard disk properties that depend on the
6093 accessibility state without first reading the value of the
6094 <link to="#accessible"/> attribute and ensuring it's value is
6095 <tt>true</tt>, you will get wrong (zero) values.
6096 </note>
6097
6098 </desc>
6099
6100 <attribute name="id" type="uuid" readonly="yes">
6101 <desc>
6102
6103 UUID of the hard disk. For newly created hard disk objects,
6104 this value is a randomly generated UUID.
6105
6106 </desc>
6107 </attribute>
6108
6109 <attribute name="description" type="wstring">
6110 <desc>
6111
6112 Optional description of the hard disk. For a newly created hard
6113 disk, this value is <tt>null</tt>.
6114
6115 <note>For some storage types, reading this property is
6116 meaningless when <link to="#accessible"/> is <tt>false</tt>.
6117 Also, you cannot assign it a new value in this case.</note>
6118
6119 </desc>
6120 </attribute>
6121
6122 <attribute name="storageType" type="HardDiskStorageType" readonly="yes">
6123 <desc>
6124
6125 Storage type of this hard disk.
6126
6127 Storage type is defined when you open or create a new hard disk
6128 object.
6129
6130 </desc>
6131 </attribute>
6132
6133 <attribute name="location" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
6134 <desc>
6135
6136 Storage location of this hard disk. The returned string serves
6137 for informational purposes only. To access detailed information
6138 about the storage, query the appropriate storage-specific
6139 interface.
6140
6141 </desc>
6142 </attribute>
6143
6144 <attribute name="type" type="HardDiskType">
6145 <desc>
6146
6147 Type (behavior) of this hard disk. For a newly created or opened hard
6148 disk, this value is <link to="HardDiskType::Normal"/>.
6149
6150 <note>
6151 In the current implementation, this property can be
6152 changed only on an unregistered hard disk object. This may be
6153 changed later.
6154 </note>
6155
6156 </desc>
6157 </attribute>
6158
6159 <attribute name="parent" type="IHardDisk" readonly="yes">
6160 <desc>
6161
6162 Parent of this hard disk (a hard disk this one is directly based
6163 on).
6164
6165 Only differencing hard disks have parents, so a <tt>null</tt>
6166 object is returned for a hard disk of any other type.
6167 </desc>
6168 </attribute>
6169
6170 <attribute name="children" type="IHardDiskCollection" readonly="yes">
6171 <desc>
6172
6173 Children of this hard disk (all differencing hard disks for
6174 those this one is a parent). An empty collection is returned, if
6175 this hard disk doesn't have any children.
6176
6177 </desc>
6178 </attribute>
6179
6180 <attribute name="root" type="IHardDisk" readonly="yes">
6181 <desc>
6182
6183 Root hard disk of this hard disk. If this hard disk is a
6184 differencing hard disk, its root hard disk is the first disk on
6185 the branch. For all other types of hard disks, this property
6186 returns the hard disk object itself (i.e. the same object you
6187 read this property on).
6188
6189 </desc>
6190 </attribute>
6191
6192 <attribute name="accessible" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
6193 <desc>
6194
6195 Whether the hard disk storage is currently accessible or not.
6196 The storage, for example, can be unaccessible if it doesn't exist
6197 or if it is placed on a network resource that is not available
6198 by the time this attribute is read.
6199
6200 In the current implementation, the value of this property is
6201 also <tt>false</tt> if this hard disk is attached to a running
6202 virtual machine.
6203
6204 The accessibility check is performed automatically every time
6205 this attribute is read. You should keep it in mind that this check
6206 may be slow and can block the calling thread for a long time (for
6207 example, if the network resourse where the hard disk storage is
6208 located is down).
6209
6210 The following attributes of the hard disk object are considered
6211 to be invalid when this attribute is <tt>false</tt>:
6212 <ul>
6213 <li><link to="#size"/></li>
6214 <li><link to="#actualSize"/></li>
6215 </ul>
6216 Individual hard disk storage type interfaces may define
6217 additional attributes that depend on the accessibility state.
6218 </desc>
6219 </attribute>
6220
6221 <attribute name="allAccessible" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
6222 <desc>
6223
6224 Whether the whole hard disk branch, starting from this image and
6225 going through its ancestors up to the root, is accessible or
6226 not.
6227
6228 This property makes sense only for differencing hard disks. For
6229 all other types of hard disks it returns the same value as
6230 <link to="#accessible"/>.
6231
6232 </desc>
6233 </attribute>
6234
6235 <attribute name="lastAccessError" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
6236 <desc>
6237
6238 String describing the reason of inaccessibility of this hard
6239 disk after the last call to <link to="#accessible"/> that
6240 returned <tt>false</tt>. A <tt>null</tt> value of this property
6241 means that the last accessibility check returned <tt>true</tt>.
6242
6243 </desc>
6244 </attribute>
6245
6246 <attribute name="size" type="unsigned long long" readonly="yes">
6247 <desc>
6248
6249 Logical size of this hard disk (in megabytes), as reported to the
6250 guest OS running inside the vurtual machine this disk is
6251 attached to. The logical size is defined when the hard disk is
6252 created.
6253
6254 <note>Reading this property on a differencing hard disk will
6255 return the size of its root hard disk.</note>
6256
6257 <note>Reading this property is meaningless when
6258 <link to="#accessible"/> is <tt>false</tt></note>
6259
6260 </desc>
6261 </attribute>
6262
6263 <attribute name="actualSize" type="unsigned long long" readonly="yes">
6264 <desc>
6265
6266 Physical size of the storage used to store hard disk data (in
6267 bytes). This size is usually less than the logical size of the
6268 hard disk, depending on the storage type and on the size
6269 optimization method used for that storage.
6270
6271 <note>Reading this property is meaningless when
6272 <link to="#accessible"/> is <tt>false</tt></note>
6273
6274 </desc>
6275 </attribute>
6276
6277 <attribute name="machineId" type="uuid" readonly="yes">
6278 <desc>
6279
6280 UUID of the machine this hard disk is attached to (or a
6281 <tt>null</tt> UUID if it is not attached).
6282
6283 <note>Immutable hard disks are never attached directly, so this
6284 attribute is always <tt>null</tt> in this case.</note>
6285
6286 </desc>
6287 </attribute>
6288
6289 <attribute name="snapshotId" type="uuid" readonly="yes">
6290 <desc>
6291
6292 UUID of the <link to="ISnapshot">snapshot</link> this hard disk
6293 is associated with (or <tt>null</tt> UUID if it is not
6294 associated with any snapshot).
6295
6296 <note>
6297 This attribute is always <tt>null</tt> if <link to="#machineId"/>
6298 is <tt>null</tt>.
6299 </note>
6300
6301 <note>
6302 Writethrough hard disks are always attached directly and cannot be
6303 involved when taking snapshots, so this attribute is meaningless and
6304 therefore always <tt>null</tt>.
6305 </note>
6306
6307 </desc>
6308 </attribute>
6309
6310 <method name="cloneToImage">
6311
6312 <desc>
6313
6314 Starts creating a clone of this hard disk. The cloned hard disk
6315 will use the specified Virtual Disk Image file as a storage and
6316 will contain exactly the same sector data as the hard disk being
6317 cloned, except that a new UUID for the clone will be randomly
6318 generated.
6319
6320 The specified image file path can be absolute (full path) or
6321 relative to the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder"> VirtualBox
6322 home directory</link>. If only a file name without any path is
6323 given, the <link to="ISystemProperties::defaultVDIFolder">
6324 default VDI folder</link> will be used as a path to the image
6325 file.
6326
6327 It is an error to use the object returned in the @a image
6328 parameter until the returned @a progress object reports success.
6329
6330 <note>In the current implementation, only non-differencing hard
6331 disks can be cloned.</note>
6332
6333 </desc>
6334
6335 <param name="filePath" type="wstring" dir="in">
6336 <desc>Path to a file where to store the cloned hard disk.</desc>
6337 </param>
6338 <param name="image" type="IVirtualDiskImage" dir="out">
6339 <desc>Cloned hard disk object.</desc>
6340 </param>
6341 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
6342 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
6343 </param>
6344
6345 </method>
6346
6347 </interface>
6348
6349 <!--
6350 // IVirtualDiskImage
6351 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
6352 -->
6353
6354 <interface
6355 name="IVirtualDiskImage" extends="$unknown"
6356 uuid="a8265b5a-0d20-4a46-a02f-65693a4e8239"
6357 wsmap="managed"
6358 >
6359
6360 <desc>
6361 The IVirtualDiskImage interface represent a specific type of
6362 <link to="IHardDisk" /> that uses VDI image files.
6363
6364 The Virtual Disk Image (VDI) format is VirtualBox's native format for
6365 hard disk containers.
6366
6367 Objects that support this interface also support the
6368 <link to="IHardDisk"/> interface.
6369
6370 Hard disks using virtual disk images can be either opened using
6371 <link to="IVirtualBox::openHardDisk()"/> or created from
6372 scratch using <link to="IVirtualBox::createHardDisk()"/>.
6373
6374 When a new hard disk object is created from scratch, an image file for it
6375 is not automatically created. To do it, you need to specify a
6376 valid <link to="#filePath">file path</link>, and call
6377 <link to="#createFixedImage()"/> or <link to="#createDynamicImage()"/>.
6378 When it is done, the hard disk object can be registered by calling
6379 <link to="IVirtualBox::registerHardDisk()"/> and then
6380 <link to="IMachine::attachHardDisk()">attached</link> to
6381 virtual machines.
6382
6383 The <link to="IHardDisk::description">description</link> of the
6384 Virtual Disk Image is stored in the image file. For this reason,
6385 changing the value of this property requires the hard disk to be
6386 <link to="IHardDisk::accessible">accessible</link>. The description
6387 of a registered hard disk can be changed only if a virtual machine
6388 using it is not running.
6389
6390 </desc>
6391
6392 <attribute name="filePath" type="wstring">
6393 <desc>
6394
6395 Full file name of the virtual disk image of this hard disk. For
6396 newly created hard disk objects, this value is <tt>null</tt>.
6397
6398 When assigning a new path, it can be absolute (full path) or relative
6399 to the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder"> VirtualBox home
6400 directory</link>. If only a file name without any path is given,
6401 the <link to="ISystemProperties::defaultVDIFolder"> default VDI
6402 folder</link> will be used as a path to the image file.
6403
6404 When reading this propery, a full path is always returned.
6405
6406 <note>
6407 This property cannot be changed when <link to="#created"/>
6408 returns <tt>true</tt>.
6409 </note>
6410
6411 </desc>
6412 </attribute>
6413
6414 <attribute name="created" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
6415 <desc>
6416
6417 Whether the virual disk image is created or not. For newly
6418 created hard disk objects or after a successful invocation of
6419 <link to="#deleteImage()"/>, this value is <tt>false</tt> until
6420 <link to="#createFixedImage()"/> or <link
6421 to="#createDynamicImage()"/> is called.
6422
6423 </desc>
6424 </attribute>
6425
6426 <method name="createDynamicImage">
6427
6428 <desc>
6429
6430 Starts creating a dymically expanding hard disk image in the
6431 background. The previous image associated with this object, if
6432 any, must be deleted using <link to="#deleteImage"/>, otherwise
6433 the operation will fail.
6434
6435 <note>After the returned progress object reports that the
6436 operation is complete, this hard disk object can be
6437 <link to="IVirtualBox::registerHardDisk()">registered</link>
6438 within this VirtualBox installation.</note>
6439
6440 </desc>
6441
6442 <param name="size" type="unsigned long long" dir="in">
6443 <desc>Maximum logical size of the hard disk in megabytes.</desc>
6444 </param>
6445 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
6446 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
6447 </param>
6448
6449 </method>
6450
6451 <method name="createFixedImage">
6452 <desc>
6453
6454 Starts creating a fixed-size hard disk image in the background. The
6455 previous image, if any, must be deleted using
6456 <link to="#deleteImage"/>, otherwise the operation will fail.
6457
6458 <note>
6459 After the returned progress object reports that the
6460 operation is complete, this hard disk object can be
6461 <link to="IVirtualBox::registerHardDisk()">registered</link>
6462 within this VirtualBox installation.
6463 </note>
6464
6465 </desc>
6466
6467 <param name="size" type="unsigned long long" dir="in">
6468 <desc>Logical size of the hard disk in megabytes.</desc>
6469 </param>
6470 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
6471 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
6472 </param>
6473
6474 </method>
6475
6476 <method name="deleteImage">
6477 <desc>
6478
6479 Deletes the existing hard disk image. The hard disk must not be
6480 registered within this VirtualBox installation, otherwise the
6481 operation will fail.
6482
6483 <note>
6484 After this operation succeeds, it will be impossible to
6485 register the hard disk until the image file is created
6486 again.
6487 </note>
6488
6489 <note>
6490 This operation is valid only for non-differencing hard disks, after
6491 they are unregistered using
6492 <link to="IVirtualBox::unregisterHardDisk()"/>.
6493 </note>
6494
6495 </desc>
6496 </method>
6497
6498 </interface>
6499
6500 <!--
6501 // IISCSIHardDisk
6502 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
6503 -->
6504
6505 <interface
6506 name="IISCSIHardDisk" extends="$unknown"
6507 uuid="003f6ca9-3257-4ef9-99c9-c66ce44576cb"
6508 wsmap="managed"
6509 >
6510
6511 <desc>
6512 THe IISCSIHardDisk interface represents a specific type of
6513 <link to="IHardDisk"/> that uses iSCSI.
6514
6515 The IISCSIHardDisk interface represents <link to="IHardDisk">virtual
6516 hard disks</link> that use the Internet SCSI (iSCSI) protocol to store
6517 hard disk data on remote machines.
6518
6519 Objects that support this interface also support the
6520 <link to="IHardDisk"/> interface.
6521
6522 iSCSI hard disks can be created using
6523 <link to="IVirtualBox::createHardDisk()"/>. When a new hard disk object
6524 is created, all its properties are uninitialized. After you assign some
6525 meaningful values to them, the hard disk object can be registered by
6526 calling <link to="IVirtualBox::registerHardDisk()"/> and
6527 then <link to="IMachine::attachHardDisk()">attached</link> to virtual
6528 machines.
6529
6530 The <link to="IHardDisk::description">description</link>
6531 of the iSCSI hard disk is stored in the VirtualBox
6532 configuration file, so it can be changed (at appropriate
6533 times) even when
6534 <link to="IHardDisk::accessible">accessible</link> returns
6535 <tt>false</tt>. However, the hard disk must not be
6536 attached to a running virtual machine.
6537
6538 <note>
6539 In the current imlementation, the type of all iSCSI hard disks
6540 is <link to="HardDiskType::Writethrough">Writethrough</link>
6541 and cannot be changed.
6542 </note>
6543
6544 </desc>
6545
6546 <attribute name="server" type="wstring">
6547 <desc>
6548
6549 iSCSI Server name (either a host name or an IP address). For
6550 newly created hard disk objects, this value is <tt>null</tt>.
6551
6552 </desc>
6553 </attribute>
6554
6555 <attribute name="port" type="unsigned short">
6556 <desc>
6557
6558 iSCSI Server port. For newly created hard disk objects, this
6559 value is <tt>0</tt>, which means the default port.
6560
6561 </desc>
6562 </attribute>
6563
6564 <attribute name="target" type="wstring">
6565 <desc>
6566
6567 iSCSI target name. For newly created hard disk objects, this
6568 value is <tt>null</tt>.
6569
6570 </desc>
6571 </attribute>
6572
6573 <attribute name="lun" type="unsigned long long">
6574 <desc>
6575
6576 Logical unit number for this iSCSI disk. For newly created hard
6577 disk objects, this value is <tt>0</tt>.
6578
6579 </desc>
6580 </attribute>
6581
6582 <attribute name="userName" type="wstring">
6583 <desc>
6584
6585 User name for accessing this iSCSI disk. For newly created hard
6586 disk objects, this value is <tt>null</tt>.
6587
6588 </desc>
6589 </attribute>
6590
6591 <attribute name="password" type="wstring">
6592 <desc>
6593
6594 User password for accessing this iSCSI disk. For newly created
6595 hard disk objects, this value is <tt>null</tt>.
6596
6597 </desc>
6598 </attribute>
6599
6600 </interface>
6601
6602 <!--
6603 // IVMDKImage
6604 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
6605 -->
6606
6607 <interface
6608 name="IVMDKImage" extends="$unknown"
6609 uuid="178398f5-8559-4fee-979e-420af5b53eef"
6610 wsmap="managed"
6611 >
6612 <desc>
6613 The IVMDKImage interface represents a specific type of
6614 <link to="IHardDisk"/> that uses VMDK image files.
6615
6616 The Virtual Machine Disk (VMDK) format is the industry standard format
6617 for virtual hard disk image files, which VirtualBox supports besides its
6618 own native VDI format.
6619
6620 Objects that support this interface also support the
6621 <link to="IHardDisk"/> interface.
6622
6623 Hard disks using VMDK images can be either opened using
6624 <link to="IVirtualBox::openHardDisk()"/> or created from
6625 scratch using <link to="IVirtualBox::createHardDisk()"/>.
6626
6627 When a new hard disk object is created from scratch, an image file for it
6628 is not automatically created. To do it, you need to specify a
6629 valid <link to="#filePath">file path</link>, and call
6630 <link to="#createFixedImage()"/> or <link to="#createDynamicImage()"/>.
6631 When it is done, the hard disk object can be registered by calling
6632 <link to="IVirtualBox::registerHardDisk()"/> and then
6633 <link to="IMachine::attachHardDisk()">attached</link> to
6634 virtual machines.
6635
6636 The <link to="IHardDisk::description">description</link>
6637 of the VMDK hard disk is stored in the VirtualBox
6638 configuration file, so it can be changed (at appropriate
6639 times) even when
6640 <link to="IHardDisk::accessible">accessible</link> returns
6641 <tt>false</tt>. However, the hard disk must not be
6642 attached to a running virtual machine.
6643
6644 <note>
6645 In the current imlementation, the type of all VMDK hard disks
6646 is <link to="HardDiskType::Writethrough">Writethrough</link> and cannot
6647 be changed.
6648 </note>
6649
6650 </desc>
6651
6652 <attribute name="filePath" type="wstring">
6653 <desc>
6654
6655 Full file name of the VMDK image of this hard disk. For
6656 newly created hard disk objects, this value is <tt>null</tt>.
6657
6658 When assigning a new path, it can be absolute (full path) or relative
6659 to the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder"> VirtualBox home
6660 directory</link>. If only a file name without any path is given,
6661 the <link to="ISystemProperties::defaultVDIFolder"> default VDI
6662 folder</link> will be used as a path to the image file.
6663
6664 When reading this propery, a full path is always returned.
6665
6666 <note>
6667 This property cannot be changed when <link to="#created"/>
6668 returns <tt>true</tt>.
6669 </note>
6670
6671 </desc>
6672 </attribute>
6673
6674 <attribute name="created" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
6675 <desc>
6676
6677 Whether the virual disk image is created or not. For newly created
6678 hard disk objects or after a successful invocation of
6679 <link to="#deleteImage()"/>, this value is <tt>false</tt> until
6680 <link to="#createFixedImage()"/> or <link to="#createDynamicImage()"/>
6681 is called.
6682
6683 </desc>
6684 </attribute>
6685
6686 <method name="createDynamicImage">
6687
6688 <desc>
6689
6690 Starts creating a dymically expanding hard disk image in the
6691 background. The previous image associated with this object, if
6692 any, must be deleted using <link to="#deleteImage"/>, otherwise
6693 the operation will fail.
6694
6695 <note>
6696 After the returned progress object reports that the
6697 operation is complete, this hard disk object can be
6698 <link to="IVirtualBox::registerHardDisk()">registered</link> within
6699 this VirtualBox installation.
6700 </note>
6701
6702 </desc>
6703
6704 <param name="size" type="unsigned long long" dir="in">
6705 <desc>Maximum logical size of the hard disk in megabytes.</desc>
6706 </param>
6707 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
6708 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
6709 </param>
6710
6711 </method>
6712
6713 <method name="createFixedImage">
6714 <desc>
6715
6716 Starts creating a fixed-size hard disk image in the background. The
6717 previous image, if any, must be deleted using
6718 <link to="#deleteImage"/>, otherwise the operation will fail.
6719
6720 <note>
6721 After the returned progress object reports that the
6722 operation is complete, this hard disk object can be
6723 <link to="IVirtualBox::registerHardDisk()">registered</link> within
6724 this VirtualBox installation.
6725 </note>
6726
6727 </desc>
6728
6729 <param name="size" type="unsigned long long" dir="in">
6730 <desc>Logical size of the hard disk in megabytes.</desc>
6731 </param>
6732 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
6733 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
6734 </param>
6735
6736 </method>
6737
6738 <method name="deleteImage">
6739 <desc>
6740
6741 Deletes the existing hard disk image. The hard disk must not be
6742 registered within this VirtualBox installation, otherwise the
6743 operation will fail.
6744
6745 <note>
6746 After this operation succeeds, it will be impossible to register the
6747 hard disk until the image file is created again.
6748 </note>
6749
6750 <note>
6751 This operation is valid only for non-differencing hard disks, after
6752 they are unregistered using
6753 <link to="IVirtualBox::unregisterHardDisk()"/>.
6754 </note>
6755
6756 </desc>
6757 </method>
6758
6759 </interface>
6760
6761 <!--
6762 // ICustomHardDisk
6763 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
6764 -->
6765
6766 <interface
6767 name="ICustomHardDisk" extends="$unknown"
6768 uuid="a7b0236d-3ff4-47c0-a4aa-ddc4ddc1141a"
6769 wsmap="managed"
6770 >
6771 <desc>
6772 The ICustomHardDisk interface represents a specific type of
6773 <link to="IHardDisk" /> that is supported through a third-party plugin.
6774
6775 This interface allows to add support for custom hard disk formats to
6776 VirtualBox.
6777
6778 Objects that support this interface also support the
6779 <link to="IHardDisk"/> interface.
6780
6781 Hard disks using custom hard disk formats can be either opened using
6782 <link to="IVirtualBox::openHardDisk()"/> or created from scratch using
6783 <link to="IVirtualBox::createHardDisk()"/>.
6784
6785 When a new hard disk object is created from scratch, an image file for
6786 it is not automatically created. To do it, you need to specify a
6787 valid <link to="#location">location</link>, and call
6788 <link to="#createFixedImage()"/> or <link to="#createDynamicImage()"/>.
6789 When it is done, the hard disk object can be registered by calling
6790 <link to="IVirtualBox::registerHardDisk()"/> and then
6791 <link to="IMachine::attachHardDisk()">attached</link> to
6792 virtual machines.
6793
6794 The <link to="IHardDisk::description">description</link>
6795 of the hard disk is stored in the VirtualBox
6796 configuration file, so it can be changed (at appropriate
6797 times) even when
6798 <link to="IHardDisk::accessible">accessible</link> returns
6799 <tt>false</tt>. However, the hard disk must not be
6800 attached to a running virtual machine.
6801
6802 </desc>
6803
6804 <attribute name="location" type="wstring">
6805 <desc>
6806
6807 Location of this custom hard disk. For
6808 newly created hard disk objects, this value is <tt>null</tt>.
6809
6810 The format of the location string is plugin-dependent. In case if the
6811 plugin uses a regular file in the local file system to store hard disk
6812 data, then the location is a file path and the following rules apply:
6813 <ul>
6814 <li>
6815 when assigning a new path, it must be absolute (full path) or
6816 relative to the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder"> VirtualBox
6817 home directory</link>. If only a file name without any path is
6818 given, the <link to="ISystemProperties::defaultVDIFolder"> default
6819 VDI folder</link> will be used as a path to the image file.
6820 </li>
6821 <li>
6822 When reading this propery, a full path is always returned.
6823 </li>
6824 </ul>
6825
6826 <note>
6827 This property cannot be changed when <link to="#created"/>
6828 returns <tt>true</tt>.
6829 </note>
6830
6831 </desc>
6832 </attribute>
6833
6834 <attribute name="format" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
6835 <desc>
6836
6837 The plugin name of the image file.
6838
6839 </desc>
6840 </attribute>
6841
6842 <attribute name="created" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
6843 <desc>
6844
6845 Whether the virual disk image is created or not. For newly created
6846 hard disk objects or after a successful invocation of
6847 <link to="#deleteImage()"/>, this value is <tt>false</tt> until
6848 <link to="#createFixedImage()"/> or <link to="#createDynamicImage()"/>
6849 is called.
6850
6851 </desc>
6852 </attribute>
6853
6854 <method name="createDynamicImage">
6855
6856 <desc>
6857
6858 Starts creating a dymically expanding hard disk image in the
6859 background. The previous image associated with this object, if
6860 any, must be deleted using <link to="#deleteImage"/>, otherwise
6861 the operation will fail.
6862
6863 <note>
6864 After the returned progress object reports that the
6865 operation is complete, this hard disk object can be
6866 <link to="IVirtualBox::registerHardDisk()">registered</link> within
6867 this VirtualBox installation.
6868 </note>
6869
6870 </desc>
6871
6872 <param name="size" type="unsigned long long" dir="in">
6873 <desc>Maximum logical size of the hard disk in megabytes.</desc>
6874 </param>
6875 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
6876 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
6877 </param>
6878
6879 </method>
6880
6881 <method name="createFixedImage">
6882 <desc>
6883
6884 Starts creating a fixed-size hard disk image in the background. The
6885 previous image, if any, must be deleted using
6886 <link to="#deleteImage"/>, otherwise the operation will fail.
6887
6888 <note>
6889 After the returned progress object reports that the
6890 operation is complete, this hard disk object can be
6891 <link to="IVirtualBox::registerHardDisk()">registered</link> within
6892 this VirtualBox installation.
6893 </note>
6894
6895 </desc>
6896
6897 <param name="size" type="unsigned long long" dir="in">
6898 <desc>Logical size of the hard disk in megabytes.</desc>
6899 </param>
6900 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
6901 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
6902 </param>
6903
6904 </method>
6905
6906 <method name="deleteImage">
6907 <desc>
6908
6909 Deletes the existing hard disk image. The hard disk must not be
6910 registered within this VirtualBox installation, otherwise the
6911 operation will fail.
6912
6913 <note>
6914 After this operation succeeds, it will be impossible to register the
6915 hard disk until the image file is created again.
6916 </note>
6917
6918 <note>
6919 This operation is valid only for non-differencing hard disks, after
6920 they are unregistered using
6921 <link to="IVirtualBox::unregisterHardDisk()"/>.
6922 </note>
6923
6924 </desc>
6925 </method>
6926
6927 </interface>
6928
6929 <!--
6930 // IVHDImage
6931 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
6932 -->
6933
6934 <interface
6935 name="IVHDImage" extends="$unknown"
6936 uuid="163b88c3-7552-424a-8205-daf17a004747"
6937 wsmap="managed"
6938 >
6939 <desc>
6940
6941 The IVHDImage interface represents <link to="IHardDisk">virtual hard
6942 disks</link> that use Virtual PC Virtual Machine Disk image files to store
6943 hard disk data.
6944
6945 Hard disks using VHD images can be either opened using
6946 <link to="IVirtualBox::openHardDisk()"/> or created from
6947 scratch using <link to="IVirtualBox::createHardDisk()"/>.
6948
6949 Objects that support this interface also support the
6950 <link to="IHardDisk"/> interface.
6951
6952 When a new hard disk object is created from scatch, an image file for it
6953 is not automatically created. To do it, you need to specify a
6954 valid <link to="#filePath">file path</link>, and call
6955 <link to="#createFixedImage()"/> or <link to="#createDynamicImage()"/>.
6956 When it is done, the hard disk object can be registered by calling
6957 <link to="IVirtualBox::registerHardDisk()"/> and then
6958 <link to="IMachine::attachHardDisk()">attached</link> to
6959 virtual machines.
6960
6961 The <link to="IHardDisk::description">description</link>
6962 of the VHD hard disk is stored in the VirtualBox
6963 configuration file, so it can be changed (at appropriate
6964 times) even when
6965 <link to="IHardDisk::accessible">accessible</link> returns
6966 <tt>false</tt>. However, the hard disk must not be
6967 attached to a running virtual machine.
6968
6969 <note>
6970 In the current imlementation, the type of all VHD hard disks
6971 is <link to="HardDiskType::Writethrough">Writethrough</link> and cannot
6972 be changed.
6973 </note>
6974
6975 </desc>
6976
6977 <attribute name="filePath" type="wstring">
6978 <desc>
6979
6980 Full file name of the VHD image of this hard disk. For
6981 newly created hard disk objects, this value is <tt>null</tt>.
6982
6983 When assigning a new path, it can be absolute (full path) or relative
6984 to the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder"> VirtualBox home
6985 directory</link>. If only a file name without any path is given,
6986 the <link to="ISystemProperties::defaultVDIFolder"> default VDI
6987 folder</link> will be used as a path to the image file.
6988
6989 When reading this propery, a full path is always returned.
6990
6991 <note>
6992 This property cannot be changed when <link to="#created"/>
6993 returns <tt>true</tt>. In this case, the specified file name can be
6994 absolute (full path) or relative to
6995 the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder"> VirtualBox home
6996 directory</link>. If only a file name without any path is given,
6997 the <link to="ISystemProperties::defaultVDIFolder"> default VDI
6998 folder</link> will be used as a path to the image file.
6999 </note>
7000
7001 </desc>
7002 </attribute>
7003
7004 <attribute name="created" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
7005 <desc>
7006
7007 Whether the virual disk image is created or not. For newly created
7008 hard disk objects or after a successful invocation of
7009 <link to="#deleteImage()"/>, this value is <tt>false</tt> until
7010 <link to="#createFixedImage()"/> or <link to="#createDynamicImage()"/>
7011 is called.
7012
7013 </desc>
7014 </attribute>
7015
7016 <method name="createDynamicImage">
7017
7018 <desc>
7019
7020 Starts creating a dymically expanding hard disk image in the
7021 background. The previous image associated with this object, if
7022 any, must be deleted using <link to="#deleteImage"/>, otherwise
7023 the operation will fail.
7024
7025 <note>
7026 After the returned progress object reports that the
7027 operation is complete, this hard disk object can be
7028 <link to="IVirtualBox::registerHardDisk()">registered</link> within
7029 this VirtualBox installation.
7030 </note>
7031
7032 </desc>
7033
7034 <param name="size" type="unsigned long long" dir="in">
7035 <desc>Maximum logical size of the hard disk in megabytes.</desc>
7036 </param>
7037 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
7038 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
7039 </param>
7040
7041 </method>
7042
7043 <method name="createFixedImage">
7044 <desc>
7045
7046 Starts creating a fixed-size hard disk image in the background. The
7047 previous image, if any, must be deleted using
7048 <link to="#deleteImage"/>, otherwise the operation will fail.
7049
7050 <note>
7051 After the returned progress object reports that the
7052 operation is complete, this hard disk object can be
7053 <link to="IVirtualBox::registerHardDisk()">registered</link> within
7054 this VirtualBox installation.
7055 </note>
7056
7057 </desc>
7058
7059 <param name="size" type="unsigned long long" dir="in">
7060 <desc>Logical size of the hard disk in megabytes.</desc>
7061 </param>
7062 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
7063 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
7064 </param>
7065
7066 </method>
7067
7068 <method name="deleteImage">
7069 <desc>
7070
7071 Deletes the existing hard disk image. The hard disk must not be
7072 registered within this VirtualBox installation, otherwise the
7073 operation will fail.
7074
7075 <note>
7076 After this operation succeeds, it will be impossible to register the
7077 hard disk until the image file is created again.
7078 </note>
7079
7080 <note>
7081 This operation is valid only for non-differencing hard disks, after
7082 they are unregistered using
7083 <link to="IVirtualBox::unregisterHardDisk()"/>.
7084 </note>
7085
7086 </desc>
7087 </method>
7088
7089 </interface>
7090
7091 <!--
7092 // IDVDImage
7093 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
7094 -->
7095
7096 <enumerator
7097 name="IDVDImageEnumerator" type="IDVDImage"
7098 uuid="9BE77C8D-E1BE-4bf2-A67B-B4DD3D2B0F28"
7099 />
7100
7101 <collection
7102 name="IDVDImageCollection" type="IDVDImage"
7103 enumerator="IDVDImageEnumerator"
7104 uuid="AE7053FA-ADD2-4ea4-AFCF-24D5F8DDED64"
7105 readonly="yes"
7106 >
7107 <method name="findByPath">
7108 <desc>
7109 Searches this collection for a DVD image with the given disk path.
7110 <note>
7111 The method returns an error if the given name does not
7112 correspond to any DVD image in the collection.
7113 </note>
7114 </desc>
7115 <param name="path" type="wstring" dir="in">
7116 <desc>Name of the DVD image's file system location.</desc>
7117 </param>
7118 <param name="image" type="IDVDImage" dir="return">
7119 <desc>Found DVD image object</desc>
7120 </param>
7121 </method>
7122 </collection>
7123
7124 <interface
7125 name="IDVDImage" extends="$unknown"
7126 uuid="140FFF03-E479-4194-8562-ABC4F8171009"
7127 wsmap="managed"
7128 >
7129 <desc>
7130
7131 The IDVDImage interface represents a file containing the image
7132 of the DVD or CD disk.
7133
7134 <h3>Image Accessibility</h3>
7135
7136 The <link to="#accessible"/> attribute of the image object
7137 defines the accessibility state of the image file. If the
7138 value of this attribute is <tt>false</tt> then some image
7139 attributes may contain invalid or outdated values (for example, the
7140 the image file size) until a new accessibility
7141 check is done that returns <tt>true</tt>.
7142
7143 <note>
7144 Because of the possible slowness of the accessibility check,
7145 it is not implicitly performed upon the VirtualBox server startup
7146 (to prevent the application freeze). In partcular, this means that
7147 if you try to read image properties that depend on the
7148 accessibility state without first reading the value of the
7149 <link to="#accessible"/> attribute and ensuring it's value is
7150 <tt>true</tt>, you will get wrong (zero) values.
7151 </note>
7152
7153 </desc>
7154 <attribute name="id" type="uuid" readonly="yes">
7155 <desc>UUID of the CD/DVD image.</desc>
7156 </attribute>
7157
7158 <attribute name="filePath" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
7159 <desc>Full file name of the CD/DVD image.</desc>
7160 </attribute>
7161
7162 <attribute name="accessible" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
7163 <desc>
7164
7165 Whether the CD/DVD image is currently accessible or not.
7166 The image, for example, can be unaccessible if it is placed
7167 on a network share that is not available by the time
7168 this property is read.
7169
7170 The accessibility check is performed automatically every time
7171 this attribute is read. You should keep it in mind that this check
7172 may be slow and can block the calling thread for a long time (for
7173 example, if the network share where the image is located is down).
7174
7175 The following attributes of the image object are considered
7176 to be invalid when this attribute is <tt>false</tt>:
7177 <ul>
7178 <li><link to="#size"/></li>
7179 </ul>
7180
7181 </desc>
7182 </attribute>
7183
7184 <attribute name="size" type="unsigned long long" readonly="yes">
7185 <desc>Size of the ISO image in bytes.</desc>
7186 </attribute>
7187
7188 </interface>
7189
7190
7191 <!--
7192 // IDVDDrive
7193 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
7194 -->
7195
7196 <interface
7197 name="IDVDDrive" extends="$unknown"
7198 uuid="d9bd101a-8079-4fb9-bad1-31bf32482b75"
7199 wsmap="managed"
7200 >
7201 <desc>
7202 The IDVDDrive interface represents the virtual CD/DVD drive of the
7203 virtual machine. Used in <link to="IMachine::DVDDrive"/>.
7204 </desc>
7205 <attribute name="state" type="DriveState" readonly="yes">
7206 <desc>Current drive state.</desc>
7207 </attribute>
7208
7209 <attribute name="passthrough" type="boolean">
7210 <desc>
7211 When a host drive is mounted and passthrough is enabled
7212 the guest will be able to directly send SCSI commands to
7213 the host drive. This enables the guest to use CD/DVD writers
7214 but is potentially dangerous.
7215 </desc>
7216 </attribute>
7217
7218 <method name="mountImage">
7219 <desc>Mounts the specified image.</desc>
7220 <param name="imageId" type="uuid" dir="in"/>
7221 </method>
7222
7223 <method name="captureHostDrive">
7224 <desc>Captures the specified host drive.</desc>
7225 <param name="drive" type="IHostDVDDrive" dir="in"/>
7226 </method>
7227
7228 <method name="unmount">
7229 <desc>Unmounts the currently mounted image/device.</desc>
7230 </method>
7231
7232 <method name="getImage">
7233 <desc>Gets the currently mounted image ID.</desc>
7234 <param name="image" type="IDVDImage" dir="return"/>
7235 </method>
7236
7237 <method name="getHostDrive">
7238 <desc>Gets the currently mounted image ID.</desc>
7239 <param name="drive" type="IHostDVDDrive" dir="return"/>
7240 </method>
7241
7242 </interface>
7243
7244 <!--
7245 // IFloppyImage
7246 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
7247 -->
7248
7249 <enumerator
7250 name="IFloppyImageEnumerator" type="IFloppyImage"
7251 uuid="902C4089-76B7-41f1-91E8-49A261A28A2C"
7252 />
7253
7254 <collection
7255 name="IFloppyImageCollection" type="IFloppyImage"
7256 enumerator="IFloppyImageEnumerator"
7257 uuid="327A8928-8572-446e-AD9A-18FE30E81F3F"
7258 readonly="yes">
7259 <method name="findByPath">
7260 <desc>
7261 Searches this collection for a floppy image with the given disk path.
7262 <note>
7263 The method returns an error if the given name does not
7264 correspond to any floppy image in the collection.
7265 </note>
7266 </desc>
7267 <param name="path" type="wstring" dir="in">
7268 <desc>Name of the floppy image's file system location.</desc>
7269 </param>
7270 <param name="image" type="IFloppyImage" dir="return">
7271 <desc>Found Floppy image object</desc>
7272 </param>
7273 </method>
7274 </collection>
7275
7276 <interface
7277 name="IFloppyImage" extends="$unknown"
7278 uuid="CC696755-EA98-4ffe-9DC5-C003047034AB"
7279 wsmap="managed"
7280 >
7281 <desc>
7282
7283 The IFloppyImage interface represents a file containing the image
7284 of a floppy disk.
7285
7286 <h3>Image Accessibility</h3>
7287
7288 The <link to="#accessible"/> attribute of the image object
7289 defines the accessibility state of the image file. If the
7290 value of this attribute is <tt>false</tt> then some image
7291 attributes may contain invalid or outdated values (for example, the
7292 the image file size) until a new accessibility
7293 check is done that returns <tt>true</tt>.
7294
7295 <note>
7296 Because of the possible slowness of the accessibility check,
7297 it is not implicitly performed upon the VirtualBox server startup
7298 (to prevent the application freeze). In partcular, this means that
7299 if you try to read image properties that depend on the
7300 accessibility state without first reading the value of the
7301 <link to="#accessible"/> attribute and ensuring it's value is
7302 <tt>true</tt>, you will get wrong (zero) values.
7303 </note>
7304
7305 </desc>
7306 <attribute name="id" type="uuid" readonly="yes">
7307 <desc>UUID of the floppy image.</desc>
7308 </attribute>
7309
7310 <attribute name="filePath" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
7311 <desc>Full file name of the floppy image.</desc>
7312 </attribute>
7313
7314 <attribute name="accessible" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
7315 <desc>
7316
7317 Whether the floppy image is currently accessible or not.
7318 The image, for example, can be unaccessible if it is placed
7319 on a network share that is not available by the time
7320 this property is read.
7321
7322 The accessibility check is performed automatically every time
7323 this attribute is read. You should keep it in mind that this check
7324 may be slow and can block the calling thread for a long time (for
7325 example, if the network share where the image is located is down).
7326
7327 The following attributes of the image object are considered
7328 to be invalid when this attribute is <tt>false</tt>:
7329 <ul>
7330 <li><link to="#size"/></li>
7331 </ul>
7332
7333 </desc>
7334 </attribute>
7335
7336 <attribute name="size" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
7337 <desc>Size of the floppy image in bytes.</desc>
7338 </attribute>
7339
7340 </interface>
7341
7342
7343 <!--
7344 // IFloppyDrive
7345 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
7346 -->
7347
7348 <interface
7349 name="IFloppyDrive" extends="$unknown"
7350 uuid="E9318F71-78D2-4b00-863C-B7CB0030A2D9"
7351 wsmap="managed"
7352 >
7353 <desc>
7354 The IFloppyDrive interface represents the virtual floppy drive of the
7355 virtual machine. Used in <link to="IMachine::FloppyDrive" />.
7356 </desc>
7357
7358 <attribute name="enabled" type="boolean">
7359 <desc>
7360 Flag whether the floppy drive is enabled. If it is disabled,
7361 the floppy drive will not be reported to the guest.
7362 </desc>
7363 </attribute>
7364
7365 <attribute name="state" type="DriveState" readonly="yes">
7366 <desc>Current drive state.</desc>
7367 </attribute>
7368
7369 <method name="mountImage">
7370 <desc>Mounts the specified image.</desc>
7371 <param name="imageId" type="uuid" dir="in"/>
7372 </method>
7373
7374 <method name="captureHostDrive">
7375 <desc>Captures the specified host drive.</desc>
7376 <param name="drive" type="IHostFloppyDrive" dir="in"/>
7377 </method>
7378
7379 <method name="unmount">
7380 <desc>Unmounts the currently mounted image/device.</desc>
7381 </method>
7382
7383 <method name="getImage">
7384 <desc>Gets the currently mounted image ID.</desc>
7385 <param name="image" type="IFloppyImage" dir="return"/>
7386 </method>
7387
7388 <method name="getHostDrive">
7389 <desc>Gets the currently mounted image ID.</desc>
7390 <param name="drive" type="IHostFloppyDrive" dir="return"/>
7391 </method>
7392
7393 </interface>
7394
7395
7396 <!--
7397 // IKeyboard
7398 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
7399 -->
7400
7401 <interface
7402 name="IKeyboard" extends="$unknown"
7403 uuid="FD443EC1-000A-4F5B-9282-D72760A66916"
7404 wsmap="managed"
7405 >
7406 <desc>
7407 The IKeyboard interface represents the virtual machine's keyboard. Used
7408 in <link to="IConsole::keyboard"/>.
7409
7410 Through this interface, the virtual machine's virtual keyboard can be controlled. One
7411 can send keystrokes to the virtual machine and send the Ctrl-Alt-Del sequence to it.
7412 </desc>
7413 <method name="putScancode">
7414 <desc>Sends a scancode to the keyboard.</desc>
7415 <param name="scancode" type="long" dir="in"/>
7416 </method>
7417
7418 <method name="putScancodes">
7419 <desc>Sends an array of scancode to the keyboard.</desc>
7420 <param name="scancodes" type="long" dir="in" array="count"/>
7421 <param name="count" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7422 <param name="codesStored" type="unsigned long" dir="return"/>
7423 </method>
7424
7425 <method name="putCAD">
7426 <desc>Sends the Ctrl-Alt-Del sequence to the keyboard.</desc>
7427 </method>
7428
7429 </interface>
7430
7431
7432 <!--
7433 // IMouse
7434 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
7435 -->
7436
7437 <enum
7438 name="MouseButtonState"
7439 uuid="03131722-2EC5-4173-9794-0DACA46673EF"
7440 >
7441 <desc>
7442 Mouse button state.
7443 </desc>
7444
7445 <const name="LeftButton" value="0x01"/>
7446 <const name="RightButton" value="0x02"/>
7447 <const name="MiddleButton" value="0x04"/>
7448 <const name="WheelUp" value="0x08"/>
7449 <const name="WheelDown" value="0x10"/>
7450 <const name="MouseStateMask" value="0x1F"/>
7451 </enum>
7452
7453 <interface
7454 name="IMouse" extends="$unknown"
7455 uuid="FD443EC1-0006-4F5B-9282-D72760A66916"
7456 wsmap="managed"
7457 >
7458 <desc>
7459 The IMouse interface represents the virtual machine's mouse. Used in
7460 <link to="IConsole::mouse"/>.
7461
7462 Through this interface, the virtual machine's virtual mouse can be
7463 controlled.
7464 </desc>
7465
7466 <attribute name="absoluteSupported" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
7467 <desc>
7468 Whether the guest OS supports absolute mouse pointer positioning
7469 or not.
7470 <note>
7471 VirtualBox Guest Tools need to be installed to the guest OS
7472 in order to enable absolute mouse positioning support.
7473 You can use the <link to="IConsoleCallback::onMouseCapabilityChange"/>
7474 callback to be instantly informed about changes of this attribute
7475 during virtual machine execution.
7476 </note>
7477 <see><link to="#putMouseEventAbsolute"/></see>
7478 </desc>
7479 </attribute>
7480
7481 <method name="putMouseEvent">
7482 <desc>
7483 Initiates a mouse event using relative pointer movements
7484 along x and y axis.
7485 </desc>
7486
7487 <param name="dx" type="long" dir="in">
7488 <desc>
7489 Amout of pixels the mouse should move to the right.
7490 Negative values move the mouse to the left.
7491 </desc>
7492 </param>
7493 <param name="dy" type="long" dir="in">
7494 <desc>
7495 Amout of pixels the mouse should move downwards.
7496 Negative values move the mouse upwards.
7497 </desc>
7498 </param>
7499 <param name="dz" type="long" dir="in">
7500 <desc>
7501 Amount of mouse wheel moves.
7502 Positive values describe clockwize wheel rotations,
7503 negative values describe counterclockwise rotations.
7504 </desc>
7505 </param>
7506 <param name="buttonState" type="long" dir="in">
7507 <desc>
7508 The current state of mouse buttons. Every bit represents
7509 a mouse button as follows:
7510 <table>
7511 <tr><td>Bit 0 (<tt>0x01</tt>)</td><td>left mouse button</td></tr>
7512 <tr><td>Bit 1 (<tt>0x02</tt>)</td><td>right mouse button</td></tr>
7513 <tr><td>Bit 2 (<tt>0x04</tt>)</td><td>middle mouse button</td></tr>
7514 </table>
7515 A value of <tt>1</tt> means the corresponding button is pressed.
7516 otherwise it is released.
7517 </desc>
7518 </param>
7519 </method>
7520
7521 <method name="putMouseEventAbsolute">
7522 <desc>
7523 Positions the mouse pointer using absolute x and y coordinates.
7524 These coordinates are expressed in pixels and
7525 start from <tt>[1,1]</tt> which corresponds to the top left
7526 corner of the virtual display.
7527
7528 <note>
7529 This method will have effect only if absolute mouse
7530 positioning is supported by the guest OS.
7531 </note>
7532
7533 <see><link to="#absoluteSupported"/></see>
7534 </desc>
7535
7536 <param name="x" type="long" dir="in">
7537 <desc>
7538 X coordinate of the pointer in pixels, starting from <tt>1</tt>.
7539 </desc>
7540 </param>
7541 <param name="y" type="long" dir="in">
7542 <desc>
7543 Y coordinate of the pointer in pixels, starting from <tt>1</tt>.
7544 </desc>
7545 </param>
7546 <param name="dz" type="long" dir="in">
7547 <desc>
7548 Amout of mouse wheel moves.
7549 Positive values describe clockwize wheel rotations,
7550 negative values describe counterclockwise rotations.
7551 </desc>
7552 </param>
7553 <param name="buttonState" type="long" dir="in">
7554 <desc>
7555 The current state of mouse buttons. Every bit represents
7556 a mouse button as follows:
7557 <table>
7558 <tr><td>Bit 0 (<tt>0x01</tt>)</td><td>left mouse button</td></tr>
7559 <tr><td>Bit 1 (<tt>0x02</tt>)</td><td>right mouse button</td></tr>
7560 <tr><td>Bit 2 (<tt>0x04</tt>)</td><td>middle mouse button</td></tr>
7561 </table>
7562 A value of <tt>1</tt> means the corresponding button is pressed.
7563 otherwise it is released.
7564 </desc>
7565 </param>
7566 </method>
7567
7568 </interface>
7569
7570 <!--
7571 // IDisplay
7572 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
7573 -->
7574
7575 <enum
7576 name="FramebufferAccelerationOperation"
7577 uuid="f0e5ebbe-dc8e-4e2d-916e-53baa3844df8"
7578 >
7579 <desc>
7580 Framebuffer acceleration operation.
7581 </desc>
7582
7583 <const name="SolidFillAcceleration" value="1"/>
7584 <const name="ScreenCopyAcceleration" value="2"/>
7585 </enum>
7586
7587 <enum
7588 name="FramebufferPixelFormat"
7589 uuid="6b27d1fc-4f2c-4e9c-a166-01d06540305d"
7590 >
7591 <desc>
7592 Format of the video memory buffer. Constants represented by this enum can
7593 be used to test for particular values of <link
7594 to="IFramebuffer::pixelFormat"/>. See also <link
7595 to="IFramebuffer::requestResize()"/>.
7596
7597 See also www.fourcc.org for more informantion about FOURCC pixel formats.
7598 </desc>
7599
7600 <const name="Opaque" value="0xFFFFFFFF">
7601 <desc>
7602 Unknown buffer format. The user may not assume any particular
7603 format of the buffer.
7604 </desc>
7605 </const>
7606 <const name="FOURCC_RGB" value="0x32424752">
7607 <desc>
7608 Basic RGB format. <link to="IFramebuffer::bitsPerPixel"/> determines
7609 the bit layout.
7610 </desc>
7611 </const>
7612 </enum>
7613
7614 <interface
7615 name="IFramebuffer" extends="$unknown"
7616 uuid="af431304-5b09-40e2-94da-3c3cb03822c1"
7617 wsmap="suppress"
7618 >
7619 <attribute name="address" type="octet" mod="ptr" readonly="yes">
7620 <desc>Address of the start byte of the framebuffer.</desc>
7621 </attribute>
7622
7623 <attribute name="width" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
7624 <desc>Framebuffer width, in pixels.</desc>
7625 </attribute>
7626
7627 <attribute name="height" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
7628 <desc>Framebuffer height, in pixels.</desc>
7629 </attribute>
7630
7631 <attribute name="bitsPerPixel" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
7632 <desc>
7633 Color depth, in bits per pixel. When <link to="#pixelFormat"/> is <link
7634 to="FramebufferPixelFormat::FOURCC_RGB">FOURCC_RGB</link>, valid values
7635 are: 8, 15, 16, 24 and 32.
7636 </desc>
7637 </attribute>
7638
7639 <attribute name="bytesPerLine" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
7640 <desc>
7641 Scan line size, in bytes. When <link to="#pixelFormat"/> is <link
7642 to="FramebufferPixelFormat::FOURCC_RGB">FOURCC_RGB</link>, the
7643 size of the scan line must be aligned to 32 bits.
7644 </desc>
7645 </attribute>
7646
7647 <attribute name="pixelFormat" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
7648 <desc>
7649 Framebuffer pixel format. It's either one of the values defined by <link
7650 to="FramebufferPixelFormat"/> or a raw FOURCC code.
7651 <note>
7652 This attribute must never return <link
7653 to="PixelFormat::Opaque"/> -- the format of the buffer
7654 <link to="#address"/> points to must be always known.
7655 </note>
7656 </desc>
7657 </attribute>
7658
7659 <attribute name="usesGuestVRAM" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
7660 <desc>
7661 Defines whether this framebuffer uses the virtual video card's memory
7662 buffer (guest VRAM) directly or not. See <link
7663 to="IFramebuffer::requestResize()"/> for more information.
7664 </desc>
7665 </attribute>
7666
7667 <attribute name="heightReduction" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
7668 <desc>
7669 Hint from the framebuffer about how much of the standard
7670 screen height it wants to use for itself. This information is
7671 exposed to the guest through the VESA BIOS and VMMDev interface
7672 so that it can use it for determining its video mode table. It
7673 is not guaranteed that the guest respects the value.
7674 </desc>
7675 </attribute>
7676
7677 <attribute name="overlay" type="IFramebufferOverlay" readonly="yes">
7678 <desc>
7679 An alpha-blended overlay which is superposed over the framebuffer.
7680 The initial purpose is to allow the display of icons providing
7681 information about the VM state, including disk activity, in front
7682 ends which do not have other means of doing that. The overlay is
7683 designed to controlled exclusively by IDisplay. It has no locking
7684 of its own, and any changes made to it are not guaranteed to be
7685 visible until the affected portion of IFramebuffer is updated. The
7686 overlay can be created lazily the first time it is requested. This
7687 attribute can also return NULL to signal that the overlay is not
7688 implemented.
7689 </desc>
7690 </attribute>
7691
7692 <method name="lock">
7693 <desc>
7694 Locks the framebuffer.
7695 Gets called by the IDisplay object where this framebuffer is
7696 bound to.
7697 </desc>
7698 </method>
7699
7700 <method name="unlock">
7701 <desc>
7702 Unlocks the framebuffer.
7703 Gets called by the IDisplay object where this framebuffer is
7704 bound to.
7705 </desc>
7706 </method>
7707
7708 <method name="notifyUpdate">
7709 <desc>
7710 Informs about an update.
7711 Gets called by the display object where this buffer is
7712 registered.
7713 </desc>
7714 <param name="x" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7715 <param name="y" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7716 <param name="width" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7717 <param name="height" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7718 <param name="finished" type="boolean" dir="return"/>
7719 </method>
7720
7721 <method name="requestResize">
7722 <desc>
7723 Requests a size and pixel format change.
7724
7725 There are two modes of working with the video buffer of the virtual
7726 machine. The <i>indirect</i> mode implies that the IFramebuffer
7727 implementation allocates a memory buffer for the requested display mode
7728 and provides it to the virtual machine. In <i>direct</i> mode, the
7729 IFramebuffer implementation uses the memory buffer allocated and owned
7730 by the virtual machine. This buffer represents the video memory of the
7731 emulated video adapter (so called <i>guest VRAM</i>). The direct mode is
7732 usually faster because the implementation gets a raw pointer to the
7733 guest VRAM buffer which it can directly use for visualising the contents
7734 of the virtual display, as opposed to the indirect mode where the
7735 contents of guest VRAM are copied to the memory buffer provided by
7736 the implementation every time a display update occurs.
7737
7738 It is important to note that the direct mode is really fast only when
7739 the implementation uses the given guest VRAM buffer directly, for
7740 example, by blitting it to the window representing the virtual machine's
7741 display, which saves at least one copy operation comparing to the
7742 indirect mode. However, using the guest VRAM buffer directly is not
7743 always possible: the format and the color depth of this buffer may be
7744 not supported by the target window, or it may be unknown (opaque) as in
7745 case of text or non-linear multi-plane VGA video modes. In this case,
7746 the indirect mode (that is always available) should be used as a
7747 fallback: when the guest VRAM contents are copied to the
7748 implementation-provided memory buffer, color and format conversion is
7749 done authomatically by the underlying code.
7750
7751 The @a pixelFormat parameter defines whether the direct mode is
7752 available or not. If @a pixelFormat is <link
7753 to="PixelFormat::Opaque"/> then direct access to the guest
7754 VRAM buffer is not available -- the @a VRAM, @a bitsPerPixel and @a
7755 bytesPerLine parameters must be ignored and the implementation must use
7756 the indirect mode (where it provides its own buffer in one of the
7757 supported formats). In all other cases, @a pixelFormat together with @a
7758 bitsPerPixel and @a bytesPerLine define the format of the video memory
7759 buffer pointed to by the @a VRAM parameter and the implementation is
7760 free to choose which mode to use. To indicate that this framebuffer uses
7761 the direct mode, the implementation of the <link to="#usesGuestVRAM"/>
7762 attribute must return <tt>true</tt> and <link to="#address"/> must
7763 return exactly the same address that is passed in the @a VRAM parameter
7764 of this method; otherwise it is assumed that the indirect strategy is
7765 chosen.
7766
7767 The @a width and @a height parameters represent the size of the
7768 requested display mode in both modes. In case of indirect mode, the
7769 provided memory buffer should be big enough to store data of the given
7770 display mode. In case of direct mode, it is guaranteed that the given @a
7771 VRAM buffer contains enough space to represent the display mode of the
7772 given size. Note that this framebuffer's <link to="#width"/> and <link
7773 to="#height"/> attributes must return exactly the same values as
7774 passed to this method after the resize is completed (see below).
7775
7776 The @a finished output parameter determines if the implementation has
7777 finished resizing the framebuffer or not. If, for some reason, the
7778 resize cannot be finished immediately during this call, @a finished
7779 must be set to @c false, and the implementation must call
7780 <link to="IDisplay::resizeCompleted()"/> after it has returned from
7781 this method as soon as possible. If @a finished is @c false, the
7782 machine will not call any framebuffer methods until
7783 <link to="IDisplay::resizeCompleted()"/> is called.
7784
7785 Note that if the direct mode is chosen, the <link to="#bitsPerPixel"/>,
7786 <link to="#bytesPerLine"/> and <link to="#pixelFormat"/> attributes of
7787 this framebuffer must return exactly the same values as specified in the
7788 parameters of this method, after the resize is completed. If the
7789 indirect mode is chosen, these attributes must return values describing
7790 the format of the implementation's own memory buffer <link
7791 to="#address"/> points to. Note also that the <link to="#bitsPerPixel"/>
7792 value must always correlate with <link to="#pixelFormat"/>. Note that
7793 the <link to="#pixelFormat"/> attribute must never return <link
7794 to="PixelFormat::Opaque"/> regardless of the selected mode.
7795
7796 <note>
7797 This method is called by the IDisplay object under the
7798 <link to="#lock()"/> provided by this IFramebuffer
7799 implementation. If this method returns @c false in @a finished, then
7800 this lock is not released until
7801 <link to="IDisplay::resizeCompleted()"/> is called.
7802 </note>
7803 </desc>
7804 <param name="screenId" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
7805 <desc>
7806 Logical screen number. Must be used in the corresponding call to
7807 <link to="IDisplay::resizeCompleted()"/> if this call is made.
7808 </desc>
7809 </param>
7810 <param name="pixelFormat" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
7811 <desc>
7812 Pixel format of the memory buffer pointed to by @a VRAM.
7813 See also <link to="FramebufferPixelFormat"/>.
7814 </desc>
7815 </param>
7816 <param name="VRAM" type="octet" mod="ptr" dir="in">
7817 <desc>Pointer to the virtual video card's VRAM (may be @c null).</desc>
7818 </param>
7819 <param name="bitsPerPixel" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
7820 <desc>Color depth, bits per pixel.</desc>
7821 </param>
7822 <param name="bytesPerLine" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
7823 <desc>Size of one scan line, in bytes.</desc>
7824 </param>
7825 <param name="width" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
7826 <desc>Width of the guest display, in pixels.</desc>
7827 </param>
7828 <param name="height" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
7829 <desc>Height of the guest display, in pixels.</desc>
7830 </param>
7831 <param name="finished" type="boolean" dir="return">
7832 <desc>
7833 Can the VM start using the new framebuffer immediately
7834 after this method returns or it should wait for
7835 <link to="IDisplay::resizeCompleted()"/>.
7836 </desc>
7837 </param>
7838 </method>
7839
7840 <method name="operationSupported">
7841 <desc>
7842 Returns whether the given acceleration operation is supported
7843 by the IFramebuffer implementation. If not, the display object
7844 will not attempt to call the corresponding IFramebuffer entry
7845 point. Even if an operation is indicated to supported, the
7846 IFramebuffer implementation always has the option to return non
7847 supported from the corresponding acceleration method in which
7848 case the operation will be performed by the display engine. This
7849 allows for reduced IFramebuffer implementation complexity where
7850 only common cases are handled.
7851 </desc>
7852 <param name="operation" type="FramebufferAccelerationOperation" dir="in"/>
7853 <param name="supported" type="boolean" dir="return"/>
7854 </method>
7855
7856 <method name="videoModeSupported">
7857 <desc>
7858 Returns whether the framebuffer implementation is willing to
7859 support a given video mode. In case it is not able to render
7860 the video mode (or for some reason not willing), it should
7861 return false. Usually this method is called when the guest
7862 asks the VMM device whether a given video mode is supported
7863 so the information returned is directly exposed to the guest.
7864 It is important that this method returns very quickly.
7865 </desc>
7866 <param name="width" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7867 <param name="height" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7868 <param name="bpp" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7869 <param name="supported" type="boolean" dir="return"/>
7870 </method>
7871
7872 <method name="solidFill">
7873 <desc>
7874 Fills the specified rectangle on screen with a solid color.
7875 </desc>
7876 <param name="x" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7877 <param name="y" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7878 <param name="width" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7879 <param name="height" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7880 <param name="color" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7881 <param name="handled" type="boolean" dir="return"/>
7882 </method>
7883
7884 <method name="copyScreenBits">
7885 <desc>
7886 Copies specified rectangle on the screen.
7887 </desc>
7888 <param name="xDst" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7889 <param name="yDst" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7890 <param name="xSrc" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7891 <param name="ySrc" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7892 <param name="width" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7893 <param name="height" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7894 <param name="handled" type="boolean" dir="return"/>
7895 </method>
7896
7897 <method name="getVisibleRegion">
7898 <desc>
7899 Returns the visible region of this framebuffer.
7900
7901 If the @a rectangles parameter is <tt>NULL</tt> then the value of the
7902 @a count parameter is ignored and the number of elements necessary to
7903 describe the current visible region is returned in @a countCopied.
7904
7905 If @a rectangles is not <tt>NULL</tt> but @a count is less
7906 than the required number of elements to store region data, the method
7907 will report a failure. If @a count is equal or greater than the
7908 required number of elements, then the actual number of elements copied
7909 to the provided array will be returned in @a countCopied.
7910
7911 <note>
7912 The address of the provided array must be in the process space of
7913 this IFramebuffer object.
7914 </note>
7915 </desc>
7916 <param name="rectangles" type="octet" mod="ptr" dir="in">
7917 <desc>Pointer to the <tt>RTRECT</tt> array to receive region data.</desc>
7918 </param>
7919 <param name="count" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
7920 <desc>Number of <tt>RTRECT</tt> elements in the @a rectangles array.</desc>
7921 </param>
7922 <param name="countCopied" type="unsigned long" dir="return">
7923 <desc>Number of elements copied to the @a rectangles array.</desc>
7924 </param>
7925 </method>
7926
7927 <method name="setVisibleRegion">
7928 <desc>
7929 Suggests a new visible region to this framebuffer. This region
7930 represents the area of the VM display which is a union of regions of
7931 all top-level windows of the guest operating system running inside the
7932 VM (if the Guest Additions for this system support this
7933 functionality). This information may be used by the frontends to
7934 implement the seamless desktop integration feature.
7935
7936 <note>
7937 The address of the provided array must be in the process space of
7938 this IFramebuffer object.
7939 </note>
7940 <note>
7941 The IFramebuffer implementation must make a copy of the provided
7942 array of rectangles.
7943 </note>
7944 </desc>
7945 <param name="rectangles" type="octet" mod="ptr" dir="in">
7946 <desc>Pointer to the <tt>RTRECT</tt> array.</desc>
7947 </param>
7948 <param name="count" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
7949 <desc>Number of <tt>RTRECT</tt> elements in the @a rectangles array.</desc>
7950 </param>
7951 </method>
7952
7953 </interface>
7954
7955 <interface
7956 name="IFramebufferOverlay" extends="IFrameBuffer"
7957 uuid="0bcc1c7e-e415-47d2-bfdb-e4c705fb0f47"
7958 wsmap="suppress"
7959 >
7960 <desc>
7961 The IFramebufferOverlay interface represents an alpha blended overlay
7962 for displaying status icons above an IFramebuffer. It is always created
7963 not visible, so that it must be explicitly shown. It only covers a
7964 portion of the IFramebuffer, determined by its width, height and
7965 co-ordinates. It is always in packed pixel little-endian 32bit ARGB (in
7966 that order) format, and may be written to directly. Do re-read the
7967 width though, after setting it, as it may be adjusted (increased) to
7968 make it more suitable for the front end.
7969 </desc>
7970 <attribute name="x" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
7971 <desc>X position of the overlay, relative to the framebuffer.</desc>
7972 </attribute>
7973
7974 <attribute name="y" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
7975 <desc>Y position of the overlay, relative to the framebuffer.</desc>
7976 </attribute>
7977
7978 <attribute name="visible" type="boolean" readonly="no">
7979 <desc>
7980 Whether the overlay is currently visible.
7981 </desc>
7982 </attribute>
7983
7984 <attribute name="alpha" type="unsigned long" readonly="no">
7985 <desc>
7986 The global alpha value for the overlay. This may or may not be
7987 supported by a given front end.
7988 </desc>
7989 </attribute>
7990
7991 <method name="move">
7992 <desc>
7993 Changes the overlay's position relative to the IFramebuffer.
7994 </desc>
7995 <param name="x" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7996 <param name="y" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7997 </method>
7998
7999 </interface>
8000
8001 <interface
8002 name="IDisplay" extends="$unknown"
8003 uuid="09789f63-4525-48e5-a5e4-1080453b0eab"
8004 wsmap="suppress"
8005 >
8006 <desc>
8007 The IDisplay interface represents the virtual machine's display.
8008
8009 The object implementing this interface is contained in each
8010 <link to="IConsole::display"/> attribute and represents the visual
8011 output of the virtual machine.
8012
8013 The virtual display supports pluggable output targets represented by the
8014 IFramebuffer interface. Examples of the output target are a window on
8015 the host computer or an RDP sessoin's display on a remote computer.
8016 </desc>
8017 <attribute name="width" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
8018 <desc>Current display width.</desc>
8019 </attribute>
8020
8021 <attribute name="height" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
8022 <desc>Current display height.</desc>
8023 </attribute>
8024
8025 <attribute name="bitsPerPixel" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
8026 <desc>
8027 Current guest display color depth. Note that this may differ
8028 from <link to="IFramebuffer::bitsPerPixel"/>.
8029 </desc>
8030 </attribute>
8031
8032 <method name="setupInternalFramebuffer">
8033 <desc>
8034 Prepares an internally managed framebuffer.
8035 </desc>
8036 <param name="depth" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
8037 </method>
8038
8039 <method name="lockFramebuffer">
8040 <desc>
8041 Requests access to the internal framebuffer.
8042 </desc>
8043 <param name="address" type="octet" mod="ptr" dir="return"/>
8044 </method>
8045
8046 <method name="unlockFramebuffer">
8047 <desc>
8048 Releases access to the internal framebuffer.
8049 </desc>
8050 </method>
8051
8052 <method name="registerExternalFramebuffer">
8053 <desc>
8054 Registers an external framebuffer.
8055 </desc>
8056 <param name="framebuffer" type="IFramebuffer" dir="in"/>
8057 </method>
8058
8059 <method name="setFramebuffer">
8060 <desc>
8061 Sets the framebuffer for given screen.
8062 </desc>
8063 <param name="screenId" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
8064 <param name="framebuffer" type="IFramebuffer" dir="in"/>
8065 </method>
8066
8067 <method name="getFramebuffer">
8068 <desc>
8069 Queries the framebuffer for given screen.
8070 </desc>
8071 <param name="screenId" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
8072 <param name="framebuffer" type="IFramebuffer" dir="out"/>
8073 <param name="xOrigin" type="long" dir="out"/>
8074 <param name="yOrigin" type="long" dir="out"/>
8075 </method>
8076
8077 <method name="setVideoModeHint">
8078 <desc>
8079 Asks VirtualBox to request the given video mode from
8080 the guest. This is just a hint and it cannot be guaranteed
8081 that the requested resolution will be used. Guest Additions
8082 are required for the request to be seen by guests. The caller
8083 should issue the request and wait for a resolution change and
8084 after a timeout retry.
8085
8086 Specifying <tt>0</tt> for either @a width, @a height or @a bitsPerPixel
8087 parameters means that the corresponding values should be taken from the
8088 current video mode (i.e. left unchanged).
8089
8090 If the guest OS supports multi-monitor configuration then the @a display
8091 parameter specifies the number of the guest display to send the hint to:
8092 <tt>0</tt> is the primary display, <tt>1</tt> is the first secondary and
8093 so on. If the multi-monitor configuration is not supported, @a display
8094 must be <tt>0</tt>.
8095
8096 </desc>
8097 <param name="width" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
8098 <param name="height" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
8099 <param name="bitsPerPixel" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
8100 <param name="display" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
8101 </method>
8102
8103 <method name="setSeamlessMode">
8104 <desc>
8105 Enables or disables seamless guest display rendering (seamless desktop
8106 integration) mode.
8107 <note>
8108 Calling this method has no effect if <link
8109 to="IGuest::supportsSeamless"/> returns <tt>false</tt>.
8110 </note>
8111 </desc>
8112 <param name="enabled" type="boolean" dir="in"/>
8113 </method>
8114
8115 <method name="takeScreenShot">
8116 <desc>
8117 Takes a screen shot of the requested size and copies it to the
8118 32-bpp buffer allocated by the caller.
8119 </desc>
8120 <param name="address" type="octet" mod="ptr" dir="in"/>
8121 <param name="width" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
8122 <param name="height" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
8123 </method>
8124
8125 <method name="drawToScreen">
8126 <desc>
8127 Draws a 32-bpp image of the specified size from the given buffer
8128 to the given point on the VM display.
8129 </desc>
8130 <param name="address" type="octet" mod="ptr" dir="in"/>
8131 <param name="x" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
8132 <param name="y" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
8133 <param name="width" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
8134 <param name="height" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
8135 </method>
8136
8137 <method name="invalidateAndUpdate">
8138 <desc>
8139 Does a full invalidation of the VM display and instructs the VM
8140 to update it.
8141 </desc>
8142 </method>
8143
8144 <method name="resizeCompleted">
8145 <desc>
8146 Signals that a framebuffer has completed the resize operation.
8147 </desc>
8148 <param name="screenId" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
8149 </method>
8150
8151 <method name="updateCompleted">
8152 <desc>
8153 Signals that a framebuffer has completed the update operation.
8154 </desc>
8155 </method>
8156
8157 </interface>
8158
8159 <!--
8160 // INetworkAdapter
8161 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
8162 -->
8163
8164 <enum
8165 name="NetworkAttachmentType"
8166 uuid="8730d899-d036-4925-bc63-e58f3486f4bf"
8167 >
8168 <desc>
8169 Network attachment type.
8170 </desc>
8171
8172 <const name="Null" value="0">
8173 <desc><tt>null</tt> value. Also means "not attached".</desc>
8174 </const>
8175 <const name="NAT" value="1"/>
8176 <const name="HostInterface" value="2"/>
8177 <const name="Internal" value="3"/>
8178 </enum>
8179
8180 <enum
8181 name="NetworkAdapterType"
8182 uuid="156b17b9-5d61-4d54-be90-62e37dda848d"
8183 >
8184 <desc>
8185 Network adapter type.
8186 </desc>
8187
8188 <const name="Null" value="0">
8189 <desc><tt>null</tt> value. Never used by the API.</desc>
8190 </const>
8191 <const name="Am79C970A" value="1"/>
8192 <const name="Am79C973" value="2"/>
8193 <const name="I82540EM" value="3"/>
8194 </enum>
8195
8196 <interface
8197 name="INetworkAdapter" extends="$unknown"
8198 uuid="78dfc978-ecb0-44ee-8b20-54549dd4539e"
8199 wsmap="managed"
8200 >
8201 <attribute name="adapterType" type="NetworkAdapterType">
8202 <desc>
8203 Type of the virtual network adapter. Depending on this value,
8204 VirtualBox will provide a different virtual network hardware
8205 to the guest.
8206 </desc>
8207 </attribute>
8208
8209 <attribute name="slot" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
8210 <desc>
8211 Slot number this adapter is plugged into. Corresponds to
8212 the value you pass to <link to="IMachine::getNetworkAdapter"/>
8213 to obtain this instance.
8214 </desc>
8215 </attribute>
8216
8217 <attribute name="enabled" type="boolean">
8218 <desc>
8219 Flag whether the network adapter is present in the
8220 guest system. If disabled, the virtual guest hardware will
8221 not contain this network adapter. Can only be changed when
8222 the VM is not running.
8223 </desc>
8224 </attribute>
8225
8226 <attribute name="MACAddress" type="wstring">
8227 <desc>
8228 Ethernet MAC address of the adapter, 12 hexadecimal characters. When setting
8229 it to NULL, VirtualBox will generate a unique MAC address.
8230 </desc>
8231 </attribute>
8232
8233 <attribute name="attachmentType" type="NetworkAttachmentType" readonly="yes"/>
8234
8235 <attribute name="hostInterface" type="wstring">
8236 <desc>
8237 Name of the Host Network Interface that is currently in use. NULL will be returned
8238 if no device has been allocated. On Linux, setting this refers to a permanent TAP
8239 device. However, a file descriptor has precedence over the interface name on Linux.
8240 Note that when VBox allocates a TAP device, this property will not be set, i.e. the
8241 interface name would have to be determined using the file descriptor and /proc/self/fd.
8242 </desc>
8243 </attribute>
8244
8245<if target="xpidl">
8246 <attribute name="TAPFileDescriptor" type="long">
8247 <desc>
8248 File descriptor of the TAP device. It can either be setup by the caller
8249 which has to supply an existing valid file handle allocated in the parent
8250 process of the VM process or allocated by VirtualBox. The value is -1 if it
8251 has not been defined. This property is non persistent, i.e. it will not be
8252 stored in the VM's configuration data and thus has to be set at each startup.
8253 </desc>
8254 </attribute>
8255 <attribute name="TAPSetupApplication" type="wstring">
8256 <desc>
8257 Application to start to configure the TAP device.
8258 It is being passed two parameters, 1) the file handle (as ascii),
8259 2) the TAP device name if it is available.
8260 </desc>
8261 </attribute>
8262 <attribute name="TAPTerminateApplication" type="wstring">
8263 <desc>
8264 Application to start before closing a TAP device.
8265 It is being passed two parameters, 1) the file handle (as ascii),
8266 2) the TAP device name if it is available.
8267 </desc>
8268 </attribute>
8269</if>
8270
8271 <attribute name="internalNetwork" type="wstring">
8272 <desc>
8273 Name of the internal network the VM is attached to.
8274 </desc>
8275 </attribute>
8276
8277 <attribute name="cableConnected" type="boolean">
8278 <desc>
8279 Flag whether the adapter reports the cable as connected or not.
8280 It can be used to report offline situations to a VM.
8281 </desc>
8282 </attribute>
8283
8284 <attribute name="lineSpeed" type="unsigned long">
8285 <desc>
8286 Line speed reported by custom drivers, in units of 1 kbps.
8287 </desc>
8288 </attribute>
8289
8290 <attribute name="traceEnabled" type="boolean">
8291 <desc>
8292 Flag whether network traffic from/to the network card should be traced.
8293 Can only be toggled when the VM is turned off.
8294 </desc>
8295 </attribute>
8296
8297 <attribute name="traceFile" type="wstring">
8298 <desc>
8299 Filename where a network trace will be stored. If not set, VBox-pid.pcap
8300 will be used.
8301 </desc>
8302 </attribute>
8303
8304 <method name="attachToNAT">
8305 <desc>
8306 Attach the network adapter to the Network Address Translation (NAT) interface.
8307 </desc>
8308 </method>
8309
8310 <method name="attachToHostInterface">
8311 <desc>
8312 Attach the network adapter to a host interface. On Linux, the TAP
8313 setup application will be executed if configured and unless a device
8314 name and/or file descriptor has been set, a new TAP interface will be
8315 created.
8316 </desc>
8317 </method>
8318
8319 <method name="attachToInternalNetwork">
8320 <desc>
8321 Attach the network adapter to an internal network.
8322 </desc>
8323 </method>
8324
8325 <method name="detach">
8326 <desc>
8327 Detach the network adapter
8328 </desc>
8329 </method>
8330 </interface>
8331
8332
8333 <!--
8334 // ISerialPort
8335 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
8336 -->
8337
8338 <enum
8339 name="PortMode"
8340 uuid="b266f43c-2e93-46b3-812b-c20e600e867b"
8341 >
8342 <desc>
8343 The PortMode enumeration represents possible communicaton modes for
8344 the virtual serial port device.
8345 </desc>
8346
8347 <const name="Disconnected" value="0">
8348 <desc>Virtual device is not attached to any real host device.</desc>
8349 </const>
8350 <const name="HostPipe" value="1">
8351 <desc>Virtual device is attached to a host pipe.</desc>
8352 </const>
8353 <const name="HostDevice" value="2">
8354 <desc>Virtual device is attached to a host device.</desc>
8355 </const>
8356 </enum>
8357
8358 <interface
8359 name="ISerialPort" extends="$unknown"
8360 uuid="937f6970-5103-4745-b78e-d28dcf1479a8"
8361 wsmap="managed"
8362 >
8363
8364 <desc>
8365 The ISerialPort interface represents the virtual serial port device.
8366
8367 The virtual serial port device acts like an ordinary serial port
8368 inside the virtual machine. This device communicates to the real
8369 serial port hardware in one of two modes: host pipe or host device.
8370
8371 In host pipe mode, the #path attribute specifies the path to the pipe on
8372 the host computer that represents a serial port. The #server attribute
8373 determines if this pipe is created by the virtual machine process at
8374 machine startup or it must already exist before starting machine
8375 execution.
8376
8377 In host device mode, the #path attribute specifies the name of the
8378 serial port device on the host computer.
8379
8380 There is also a third communication mode: the disconnected mode. In this
8381 mode, the guest OS running inside the virtual machine will be able to
8382 detect the serial port, but all port write operations will be discarded
8383 and all port read operations will return no data.
8384
8385 <see>IMachine::getSerialPort</see>
8386 </desc>
8387
8388 <attribute name="slot" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
8389 <desc>
8390 Slot number this serial port is plugged into. Corresponds to
8391 the value you pass to <link to="IMachine::getSerialPort"/>
8392 to obtain this instance.
8393 </desc>
8394 </attribute>
8395
8396 <attribute name="enabled" type="boolean">
8397 <desc>
8398 Flag whether the serial port is enabled. If disabled,
8399 the serial port will not be reported to the guest OS.
8400 </desc>
8401 </attribute>
8402
8403 <attribute name="IOBase" type="unsigned long">
8404 <desc>Base I/O address of the serial port.</desc>
8405 </attribute>
8406
8407 <attribute name="IRQ" type="unsigned long">
8408 <desc>IRQ number of the serial port.</desc>
8409 </attribute>
8410
8411 <attribute name="hostMode" type="PortMode">
8412 <desc>How is this port connected to the host.</desc>
8413 </attribute>
8414
8415 <attribute name="server" type="boolean">
8416 <desc>
8417 Flag whether this serial port acts as a server (creates a new pipe on
8418 the host) or as a client (uses the existing pipe). This attribute is
8419 used only when #hostMode is PortMode::HostPipePort.
8420 </desc>
8421 </attribute>
8422
8423 <attribute name="path" type="wstring">
8424 <desc>
8425 Path to the serial port's pipe on the host when #hostMode is
8426 PortMode::HostPipePort, or the host serial device name when #hostMode
8427 is PortMode::HostDevicePort. In either of the above cases, setting a
8428 @c null or an empty string as the attribute's value will result into
8429 an error. Otherwise, the value of this property is ignored.
8430 </desc>
8431 </attribute>
8432
8433 </interface>
8434
8435 <!--
8436 // IParallelPort
8437 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
8438 -->
8439
8440 <interface
8441 name="IParallelPort" extends="$unknown"
8442 uuid="0c925f06-dd10-4b77-8de8-294d738c3214"
8443 wsmap="managed"
8444 >
8445
8446 <desc>
8447 The IParallelPort interface represents the virtual parallel port device.
8448
8449 The virtual parallel port device acts like an ordinary parallel port
8450 inside the virtual machine. This device communicates to the real
8451 parallel port hardware using the name of the parallel device on the host
8452 computer specified in the #path attribute.
8453
8454 Each virtual parallel port device is assigned a base I/O address and an
8455 IRQ number that will be reported to the guest operating system and used
8456 to operate the given parallel port from within the virtual machine.
8457
8458 <see>IMachine::getParallelPort</see>
8459 </desc>
8460
8461 <attribute name="slot" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
8462 <desc>
8463 Slot number this parallel port is plugged into. Corresponds to
8464 the value you pass to <link to="IMachine::getParallelPort"/>
8465 to obtain this instance.
8466 </desc>
8467 </attribute>
8468
8469 <attribute name="enabled" type="boolean">
8470 <desc>
8471 Flag whether the parallel port is enabled. If disabled,
8472 the parallel port will not be reported to the guest OS.
8473 </desc>
8474 </attribute>
8475
8476 <attribute name="IOBase" type="unsigned long">
8477 <desc>Base I/O address of the parallel port.</desc>
8478 </attribute>
8479
8480 <attribute name="IRQ" type="unsigned long">
8481 <desc>IRQ number of the parallel port.</desc>
8482 </attribute>
8483
8484 <attribute name="path" type="wstring">
8485 <desc>
8486 Host parallel device name. If this parallel port is enabled, setting a
8487 @c null or an empty string as this attribute's value will result into
8488 an error.
8489 </desc>
8490 </attribute>
8491
8492 </interface>
8493
8494
8495 <!--
8496 // IMachineDebugger
8497 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
8498 -->
8499
8500 <interface
8501 name="IMachineDebugger" extends="$unknown"
8502 uuid="b3a02721-556a-4481-9d47-052a3f8cff90"
8503 wsmap="suppress"
8504 >
8505 <method name="resetStats">
8506 <desc>
8507 Reset VM statistics.
8508 </desc>
8509 <param name="pattern" type="wstring" dir="in">
8510 <desc>The selection pattern. A bit similar to filename globbing.</desc>
8511 </param>
8512 </method>
8513
8514 <method name="dumpStats">
8515 <desc>
8516 Dumps VM statistics.
8517 </desc>
8518 <param name="pattern" type="wstring" dir="in">
8519 <desc>The selection pattern. A bit similar to filename globbing.</desc>
8520 </param>
8521 </method>
8522
8523 <method name="getStats">
8524 <desc>
8525 Get the VM statistics in a XMLish format.
8526 </desc>
8527 <param name="pattern" type="wstring" dir="in">
8528 <desc>The selection pattern. A bit similar to filename globbing.</desc>
8529 </param>
8530 <param name="withDescriptions" type="boolean" dir="in">
8531 <desc>Whether to include the descriptions.</desc>
8532 </param>
8533 <param name="stats" type="wstring" dir="out">
8534 <desc>The XML document containing the statistics.</desc>
8535 </param>
8536 </method>
8537
8538 <attribute name="singlestep" type="boolean">
8539 <desc>Switch for enabling singlestepping.</desc>
8540 </attribute>
8541
8542 <attribute name="recompileUser" type="boolean">
8543 <desc>Switch for forcing code recompilation for user mode code.</desc>
8544 </attribute>
8545
8546 <attribute name="recompileSupervisor" type="boolean">
8547 <desc>Switch for forcing code recompilation for supervisor mode code.</desc>
8548 </attribute>
8549
8550 <attribute name="PATMEnabled" type="boolean">
8551 <desc>Switch for enabling and disabling the PATM component.</desc>
8552 </attribute>
8553
8554 <attribute name="CSAMEnabled" type="boolean">
8555 <desc>Switch for enabling and disabling the CSAM component.</desc>
8556 </attribute>
8557
8558 <attribute name="logEnabled" type="boolean">
8559 <desc>Switch for enabling and disabling logging.</desc>
8560 </attribute>
8561
8562 <attribute name="HWVirtExEnabled" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
8563 <desc>
8564 Flag indicating whether the VM is currently making use of CPU hardware
8565 virtualization extensions
8566 </desc>
8567 </attribute>
8568
8569 <attribute name="PAEEnabled" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
8570 <desc>
8571 Flag indicating whether the VM is currently making use of the Physical
8572 Address Extension CPU feature.
8573 </desc>
8574 </attribute>
8575
8576 <attribute name="virtualTimeRate" type="unsigned long">
8577 <desc>
8578 The rate at which the virtual time runs expressed as a percentage.
8579 The accepted range is 2% to 20000%.
8580 </desc>
8581 </attribute>
8582
8583 <!-- @todo method for setting log flags, groups and destination! -->
8584
8585 <attribute name="VM" type="unsigned long long" readonly="yes">
8586 <desc>
8587 Gets the VM handle. This is only for internal use while
8588 we carve the details of this interface.
8589 </desc>
8590 </attribute>
8591
8592 </interface>
8593
8594 <!--
8595 // IUSBController
8596 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
8597 -->
8598
8599 <interface
8600 name="IUSBController" extends="$unknown"
8601 uuid="f4c2d3dc-f109-4da7-93b1-ec28973ac89f"
8602 wsmap="managed"
8603 >
8604 <attribute name="enabled" type="boolean">
8605 <desc>
8606 Flag whether the USB controller is present in the
8607 guest system. If disabled, the virtual guest hardware will
8608 not contain any USB controller. Can only be changed when
8609 the VM is powered off.
8610 </desc>
8611 </attribute>
8612
8613 <attribute name="enabledEhci" type="boolean">
8614 <desc>
8615 Flag whether the USB EHCI controller is present in the
8616 guest system. If disabled, the virtual guest hardware will
8617 not contain a USB EHCI controller. Can only be changed when
8618 the VM is powered off.
8619 </desc>
8620 </attribute>
8621
8622 <attribute name="USBStandard" type="unsigned short" readonly="yes">
8623 <desc>
8624 USB standard version which the controller implements.
8625 This is a BCD which means that the major version is in the
8626 high byte and minor version is in the low byte.
8627 </desc>
8628 </attribute>
8629
8630 <attribute name="deviceFilters" type="IUSBDeviceFilterCollection" readonly="yes">
8631 <desc>
8632 List of USB device filters associated with the machine.
8633
8634 If the machine is currently running, these filters are activated
8635 every time a new (supported) USB device is attached to the host
8636 computer that was not ignored by global filters
8637 (<link to="IHost::USBDeviceFilters"/>).
8638
8639 These filters are also activated when the machine is powered up.
8640 They are run against a list of all currently available USB
8641 devices (in states
8642 <link to="USBDeviceState::Available">Available</link>,
8643 <link to="USBDeviceState::Busy">Busy</link>,
8644 <link to="USBDeviceState::Held">Held</link>) that were not previously
8645 ignored by global filters.
8646
8647 If at least one filter matches the USB device in question, this
8648 device is automatically captured (attached to) the virtual USB
8649 controller of this machine.
8650
8651 <see>IUSBDeviceFilter, ::IUSBController</see>
8652 </desc>
8653 </attribute>
8654
8655 <method name="createDeviceFilter">
8656 <desc>
8657 Creates a new USB device filter. All attributes except
8658 the filter name are set to <tt>null</tt> (any match),
8659 <i>active</i> is <tt>false</tt> (the filter is not active).
8660
8661 The created filter can then be added to the list of filters using
8662 <link to="#insertDeviceFilter()"/>.
8663
8664 <see>#deviceFilters</see>
8665 </desc>
8666 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
8667 <desc>
8668 Filter name. See <link to="IUSBDeviceFilter::name"/>
8669 for more info.
8670 </desc>
8671 </param>
8672 <param name="filter" type="IUSBDeviceFilter" dir="return">
8673 <desc>Created filter object.</desc>
8674 </param>
8675 </method>
8676
8677 <method name="insertDeviceFilter">
8678 <desc>
8679 Inserts the given USB device to the specified position
8680 in the list of filters.
8681
8682 Positions are numbered starting from <tt>0</tt>. If the specified
8683 position is equal to or greater than the number of elements in
8684 the list, the filter is added to the end of the collection.
8685
8686 <note>
8687 Duplicates are not allowed, so an attempt to inster a
8688 filter that is already in the collection, will return an
8689 error.
8690 </note>
8691
8692 <see>#deviceFilters</see>
8693 </desc>
8694 <param name="position" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
8695 <desc>Position to insert the filter to.</desc>
8696 </param>
8697 <param name="filter" type="IUSBDeviceFilter" dir="in">
8698 <desc>USB device filter to insert.</desc>
8699 </param>
8700 </method>
8701
8702 <method name="removeDeviceFilter">
8703 <desc>
8704 Removes a USB device filter from the specified position in the
8705 list of filters.
8706
8707 Positions are numbered starting from <tt>0</tt>. Specifying a
8708 position equal to or greater than the number of elements in
8709 the list will produce an error.
8710
8711 <see>#deviceFilters</see>
8712 </desc>
8713 <param name="position" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
8714 <desc>Position to remove the filter from.</desc>
8715 </param>
8716 <param name="filter" type="IUSBDeviceFilter" dir="return">
8717 <desc>Removed USB device filter.</desc>
8718 </param>
8719 </method>
8720
8721 </interface>
8722
8723
8724 <!--
8725 // IUSBDevice
8726 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
8727 -->
8728
8729 <enumerator
8730 name="IUSBDeviceEnumerator" type="IUSBDevice"
8731 uuid="aefe00f7-eb8a-454b-9ea4-fd5ad93c0e99"
8732 />
8733
8734 <collection
8735 name="IUSBDeviceCollection" type="IUSBDevice"
8736 enumerator="IUSBDeviceEnumerator"
8737 uuid="e31f3248-90dd-4ca2-95f0-6b36042d96a2"
8738 readonly="yes"
8739 >
8740 <method name="findById">
8741 <desc>
8742 Searches this collection for a USB device with the given UUID.
8743 <note>
8744 The method returns an error if the given UUID does not
8745 correspond to any USB device in the collection.
8746 </note>
8747 <see>IUSBDevice::id</see>
8748 </desc>
8749 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
8750 <desc>UUID of the USB device to search for.</desc>
8751 </param>
8752 <param name="device" type="IUSBDevice" dir="return">
8753 <desc>Found USB device object.</desc>
8754 </param>
8755 </method>
8756
8757 <method name="findByAddress">
8758 <desc>
8759 Searches this collection for a USB device with the given
8760 host address.
8761 <note>
8762 The method returns an error if the given address does not
8763 correspond to any USB device in the collection.
8764 </note>
8765 <see>IUSBDevice::address</see>
8766 </desc>
8767 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
8768 <desc>
8769 Address of the USB device (as assigned by the host) to
8770 search for.
8771 </desc>
8772 </param>
8773 <param name="device" type="IUSBDevice" dir="return">
8774 <desc>Found USB device object.</desc>
8775 </param>
8776 </method>
8777
8778 </collection>
8779
8780 <interface
8781 name="IUSBDevice" extends="$unknown"
8782 uuid="850af07b-9ee8-48c2-b6b0-f6d0acbf63c3"
8783 wsmap="managed"
8784 >
8785 <desc>
8786 The IUSBDevice interface represents a virtual USB device attached to the
8787 virtual machine.
8788
8789 A collection of objects implementing this interface is stored in the
8790 <link to="IConsole::USBDevices"/> attribute which lists all USB devices
8791 attached to a running virtual machine's USB controller.
8792 </desc>
8793
8794 <attribute name="id" type="uuid" readonly="yes">
8795 <desc>
8796 Unique USB device ID. This ID is built from #vendorId,
8797 #productId, #revision and #serialNumber.
8798 </desc>
8799 </attribute>
8800
8801 <attribute name="vendorId" type="unsigned short" readonly="yes">
8802 <desc>Vendor ID.</desc>
8803 </attribute>
8804
8805 <attribute name="productId" type="unsigned short" readonly="yes">
8806 <desc>Product ID.</desc>
8807 </attribute>
8808
8809 <attribute name="revision" type="unsigned short" readonly="yes">
8810 <desc>
8811 Product revision number. This is a packed BCD represented as
8812 unsigned short. The high byte is the integer part and the low
8813 byte is the decimal.
8814 </desc>
8815 </attribute>
8816
8817 <attribute name="manufacturer" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
8818 <desc>Manufacturer string.</desc>
8819 </attribute>
8820
8821 <attribute name="product" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
8822 <desc>Product string.</desc>
8823 </attribute>
8824
8825 <attribute name="serialNumber" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
8826 <desc>Serial number string.</desc>
8827 </attribute>
8828
8829 <attribute name="address" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
8830 <desc>Host specific address of the device.</desc>
8831 </attribute>
8832
8833 <attribute name="port" type="unsigned short" readonly="yes">
8834 <desc>
8835 Host USB port number the device is physically
8836 coonected to.
8837 </desc>
8838 </attribute>
8839
8840 <attribute name="version" type="unsigned short" readonly="yes">
8841 <desc>
8842 The major USB version of the device - 1 or 2.
8843 </desc>
8844 </attribute>
8845
8846 <attribute name="portVersion" type="unsigned short" readonly="yes">
8847 <desc>
8848 The major USB version of the host USB port the device is
8849 physically coonected to - 1 or 2. For devices not connected to
8850 anything this will have the same value as the version attribute.
8851 </desc>
8852 </attribute>
8853
8854 <attribute name="remote" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
8855 <desc>
8856 Whether the device is physically connected to a remote VRDP
8857 client or to a local host machine.
8858 </desc>
8859 </attribute>
8860
8861 </interface>
8862
8863
8864 <!--
8865 // IUSBDeviceFilter
8866 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
8867 -->
8868
8869 <enumerator
8870 name="IUSBDeviceFilterEnumerator" type="IUSBDeviceFilter"
8871 uuid="d5109c61-93e7-4726-926b-0dee1020da56"
8872 />
8873
8874 <collection
8875 name="IUSBDeviceFilterCollection" type="IUSBDeviceFilter"
8876 enumerator="IUSBDeviceFilterEnumerator"
8877 uuid="4fa3fc99-ceb1-4bf5-a9cb-e962d825c1ef"
8878 readonly="yes"
8879 />
8880
8881 <interface
8882 name="IUSBDeviceFilter" extends="$unknown"
8883 uuid="d6831fb4-1a94-4c2c-96ef-8d0d6192066d"
8884 wsmap="managed"
8885 >
8886 <desc>
8887 The IUSBDeviceFilter interface represents an USB device filter used
8888 to perform actions on a group of USB devices.
8889
8890 This type of filters is used by running virtual machines to
8891 automatically capture selected USB devices once they are physically
8892 attached to the host computer.
8893
8894 A USB device is matched to the given device filter if and only if all
8895 attributes of the device match the corresponding attributes of the
8896 filter (that is, attributes are joined together using the logical AND
8897 operation). On the other hand, all together, filters in the list of
8898 filters carry the semantics of the logical OR operation. So if it is
8899 desirable to create a match like "this vendor id OR this product id",
8900 one needs to create two filters and specify "any match" (see below)
8901 for unused attributes.
8902
8903 All filter attributes used for matching are strings. Each string
8904 is an expression representing a set of values of the corresponding
8905 device attribute, that will match the given filter. Currently, the
8906 following filtering expressions are supported:
8907
8908 <ul>
8909 <li><i>Interval filters</i>. Used to specify valid intervals for
8910 integer device attributes (Vendor ID, Product ID and Revision).
8911 The format of the string is:
8912
8913 <tt>int:((m)|([m]-[n]))(,(m)|([m]-[n]))*</tt>
8914
8915 where <tt>m</tt> and <tt>n</tt> are integer numbers, either in octal
8916 (starting from <tt>0</tt>), hexadecimal (starting from <tt>0x</tt>)
8917 or decimal (otherwise) form, so that <tt>m &lt; n</tt>. If <tt>m</tt>
8918 is ommitted before a dash (<tt>-</tt>), the minimum possible integer
8919 is assumed; if <tt>n</tt> is ommitted after a dash, the maximum
8920 possible integer is assummed.
8921 </li>
8922 <li><i>Boolean filters</i>. Used to specify acceptable values for
8923 boolean device attributes. The format of the string is:
8924
8925 <tt>true|false|yes|no|0|1</tt>
8926
8927 </li>
8928 <li><i>Exact match</i>. Used to specify a single value for the given
8929 device attribute. Any string that does't start with <tt>int:</tt>
8930 represents the exact match. String device attributes are compared to
8931 this string including case of symbols. Integer attributes are first
8932 converted to a string (see individual filter attributes) and then
8933 compared ignoring case.
8934
8935 </li>
8936 <li><i>Any match</i>. Any value of the corresponding device attribute
8937 will match the given filter. An empty or <tt>null</tt> string is
8938 used to construct this type of filtering expressions.
8939
8940 </li>
8941 </ul>
8942
8943 <note>
8944 On the Windows host platform, interval filters are not currently
8945 available. Also all string filter attributes
8946 (<link to="#manufacturer"/>, <link to="#product"/>,
8947 <link to="#serialNumber"/>) are ignored, so they behave as
8948 <i>any match</i> no matter what string expression is specified.
8949 </note>
8950
8951 <see>IUSBController::deviceFilters, IHostUSBDeviceFilter</see>
8952 </desc>
8953
8954 <attribute name="name" type="wstring">
8955 <desc>
8956 Visible name for this filter.
8957 This name is used to visually distungish one filter from another,
8958 so it can neither be <tt>null</tt> nor an empty string.
8959 </desc>
8960 </attribute>
8961
8962 <attribute name="active" type="boolean">
8963 <desc>Whether this filter active or has been temporarily disabled.</desc>
8964 </attribute>
8965
8966 <attribute name="vendorId" type="wstring">
8967 <desc>
8968 <link to="IUSBDevice::vendorId">Vendor ID</link> filter.
8969 The string representation for the <i>exact matching</i>
8970 has the form <tt>XXXX</tt>, where <tt>X</tt> is the hex digit
8971 (including leading zeroes).
8972 </desc>
8973 </attribute>
8974
8975 <attribute name="productId" type="wstring">
8976 <desc>
8977 <link to="IUSBDevice::productId">Product ID</link> filter.
8978 The string representation for the <i>exact matching</i>
8979 has the form <tt>XXXX</tt>, where <tt>X</tt> is the hex digit
8980 (including leading zeroes).
8981 </desc>
8982 </attribute>
8983
8984 <attribute name="revision" type="wstring">
8985 <desc>
8986 <link to="IUSBDevice::productId">Product revision number</link>
8987 filter. The string representation for the <i>exact matching</i>
8988 has the form <tt>IIFF</tt>, where <tt>I</tt> is the decimal digit
8989 of the integer part of the revision, and <tt>F</tt> is the
8990 decimal digit of its fractional part (including leading and
8991 trailing zeroes).
8992 Note that for interval filters, it's best to use the hexadecimal
8993 form, because the revision is stored as a 16 bit packed BCD value;
8994 so the expression <tt>int:0x0100-0x0199</tt> will match any
8995 revision from <tt>1.0</tt> to <tt>1.99</tt>.
8996 </desc>
8997 </attribute>
8998
8999 <attribute name="manufacturer" type="wstring">
9000 <desc>
9001 <link to="IUSBDevice::manufacturer">Manufacturer</link> filter.
9002 </desc>
9003 </attribute>
9004
9005 <attribute name="product" type="wstring">
9006 <desc>
9007 <link to="IUSBDevice::product">Product</link> filter.
9008 </desc>
9009 </attribute>
9010
9011 <attribute name="serialNumber" type="wstring">
9012 <desc>
9013 <link to="IUSBDevice::serialNumber">Serial number</link> filter.
9014 </desc>
9015 </attribute>
9016
9017 <attribute name="port" type="wstring">
9018 <desc>
9019 <link to="IUSBDevice::port">Host USB port</link> filter.
9020 </desc>
9021 </attribute>
9022
9023 <attribute name="remote" type="wstring">
9024 <desc>
9025 <link to="IUSBDevice::remote">Remote state</link> filter.
9026 <note>
9027 This filter makes sense only for machine USB filters,
9028 i.e. it is ignored by IHostUSBDeviceFilter objects.
9029 </note>
9030 </desc>
9031 </attribute>
9032
9033 <attribute name="maskedInterfaces" type="unsigned long">
9034 <desc>
9035 This is an advanced option for hiding one or more USB interfaces
9036 from the guest. The value is a bitmask where the bits that are set
9037 means the corresponding USB interface should be hidden, masked off
9038 if you like.
9039 This feature only works on Linux hosts.
9040 </desc>
9041 </attribute>
9042
9043 </interface>
9044
9045
9046 <!--
9047 // IHostUSBDevice
9048 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
9049 -->
9050
9051 <enum
9052 name="USBDeviceState"
9053 uuid="b99a2e65-67fb-4882-82fd-f3e5e8193ab4"
9054 >
9055 <desc>
9056 USB device state. This enumeration represents all possible states
9057 of the USB device physically attached to the host computer regarding
9058 its state on the host computer and availability to guest computers
9059 (all currently running virtual machines).
9060
9061 Once a supported USB device is attached to the host, global USB
9062 filters (<link to="IHost::USBDeviceFilters"/>) are activated. They can
9063 either ignore the device, or put ot to #Held state, or do nothing. Unless
9064 the device is ignored by global filters, filters of all currently running
9065 guests (<link to="IUSBController::deviceFilters"/>) are activated that can
9066 put it to #Captured state.
9067
9068 If the device was ignored by global filters, or didn't match
9069 any filters at all (including guest ones), it is handled by the host
9070 in a normal way. In this case, the device state is determined by
9071 the host and can be one of #Unavailable, #Busy or #Available, depending on
9072 the current device usage.
9073
9074 Besides auto-capturing based on filters, the device can be manually
9075 captured by guests (<link to="IConsole::attachUSBDevice()"/>) if its
9076 state is #Busy, #Available or #Held.
9077
9078 <note>
9079 Due to differences in USB stack implementations in Linux and Win32,
9080 states #Busy and #Available are applicable only to the Linux version of
9081 the product. This also means that (<link
9082 to="IConsole::attachUSBDevice()"/>) can only succeed on Win32 if
9083 the device state is #USBDeviceHeld.
9084 </note>
9085
9086 <see>IHostUSBDevice, IHostUSBDeviceFilter</see>
9087 </desc>
9088
9089 <const name="NotSupported" value="0">
9090 <desc>
9091 Not supported by the VirtualBox server, not available to guests.
9092 </desc>
9093 </const>
9094 <const name="Unavailable" value="1">
9095 <desc>
9096 Being used by the host computer exclusively,
9097 not available to guests.
9098 </desc>
9099 </const>
9100 <const name="Busy" value="2">
9101 <desc>
9102 Being used by the host computer, potentially available to guests.
9103 </desc>
9104 </const>
9105 <const name="Available" value="3">
9106 <desc>
9107 Not used by the host computer, available to guests.
9108 The host computer can also start using the device at any time.
9109 </desc>
9110 </const>
9111 <const name="Held" value="4">
9112 <desc>
9113 Held by the VirtualBox server (ignored by the host computer),
9114 available to guests.
9115 </desc>
9116 </const>
9117 <const name="Captured" value="5">
9118 <desc>
9119 Captured by one of the guest computers, not available
9120 to anybody else.
9121 </desc>
9122 </const>
9123 </enum>
9124
9125 <enumerator
9126 name="IHostUSBDeviceEnumerator" type="IHostUSBDevice"
9127 uuid="a0c55136-939f-4d20-b9d3-4d406f08bfa5"
9128 />
9129
9130 <collection
9131 name="IHostUSBDeviceCollection" type="IHostUSBDevice"
9132 enumerator="IHostUSBDeviceEnumerator"
9133 uuid="f9d3f96d-b027-4994-b589-70bb9ee0d364"
9134 readonly="yes"
9135 >
9136 <method name="findById">
9137 <desc>
9138 Searches this collection for a USB device with the given UUID.
9139 <note>
9140 The method returns an error if the given UUID does not
9141 correspond to any USB device in the collection.
9142 </note>
9143 <see>IHostUSBDevice::id</see>
9144 </desc>
9145 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
9146 <desc>UUID of the USB device to search for.</desc>
9147 </param>
9148 <param name="device" type="IHostUSBDevice" dir="return">
9149 <desc>Found USB device object.</desc>
9150 </param>
9151 </method>
9152
9153 <method name="findByAddress">
9154 <desc>
9155 Searches this collection for a USB device with the given
9156 host address.
9157 <note>
9158 The method returns an error if the given address does not
9159 correspond to any USB device in the collection.
9160 </note>
9161 <see>IHostUSBDevice::address</see>
9162 </desc>
9163 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
9164 <desc>
9165 Address of the USB device (as assigned by the host) to
9166 search for.
9167 </desc>
9168 </param>
9169 <param name="device" type="IHostUSBDevice" dir="return">
9170 <desc>Found USB device object.</desc>
9171 </param>
9172 </method>
9173
9174 </collection>
9175
9176 <interface
9177 name="IHostUSBDevice" extends="IUSBDevice"
9178 uuid="173b4b44-d268-4334-a00d-b6521c9a740a"
9179 wsmap="managed"
9180 >
9181 <desc>
9182 The IHostUSBDevice interface represents a physical USB device attached
9183 to the host computer.
9184
9185 Besides properties inherited from IUSBDevice, this interface adds the
9186 <link to="#state"/> property that holds the courrent state of the USB
9187 device.
9188
9189 <see>IHost::USBDevices, IHost::USBDeviceFilters</see>
9190 </desc>
9191
9192 <attribute name="state" type="USBDeviceState" readonly="yes">
9193 <desc>
9194 Current state of the device.
9195 </desc>
9196 </attribute>
9197
9198 <!-- @todo add class, subclass, bandwidth, configs, interfaces endpoints and such later. -->
9199
9200 </interface>
9201
9202
9203 <!--
9204 // IHostUSBDeviceFilter
9205 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
9206 -->
9207
9208 <enum
9209 name="USBDeviceFilterAction"
9210 uuid="cbc30a49-2f4e-43b5-9da6-121320475933"
9211 >
9212 <desc>
9213 Actions for host USB device filters.
9214 <see>IHostUSBDeviceFilter, USBDeviceState</see>
9215 </desc>
9216
9217 <const name="Null" value="0">
9218 <desc><tt>null</tt> value. Never used by the API.</desc>
9219 </const>
9220 <const name="Ignore" value="1">
9221 <desc>Ignore the matched USB device.</desc>
9222 </const>
9223 <const name="Hold" value="2">
9224 <desc>Hold the matched USB device.</desc>
9225 </const>
9226 </enum>
9227
9228 <enumerator
9229 name="IHostUSBDeviceFilterEnumerator" type="IHostUSBDeviceFilter"
9230 uuid="ff735211-903e-4642-9c37-189eb44579fe"
9231 />
9232
9233 <collection
9234 name="IHostUSBDeviceFilterCollection" type="IHostUSBDeviceFilter"
9235 enumerator="IHostUSBDeviceFilterEnumerator"
9236 uuid="1a80458b-87f1-4a74-995d-04e2330119e0"
9237 readonly="yes"
9238 />
9239
9240 <interface
9241 name="IHostUSBDeviceFilter" extends="IUSBDeviceFilter"
9242 uuid="4cc70246-d74a-400f-8222-3900489c0374"
9243 wsmap="managed"
9244 >
9245 <desc>
9246 The IHostUSBDeviceFilter interface represents a global filter for a
9247 physical USB device used by the host computer. Used indirectly in
9248 <link to="IHost::USBDeviceFilters"/>.
9249
9250 Using filters of this type, the host computer determines the initial
9251 state of the USB device after it is physically attached to the
9252 host's USB controller.
9253
9254 <note>
9255 The <link to="#remote"/> attribute is ignored by this type of
9256 filters, because it makes sense only for
9257 <link to="IUSBController::deviceFilters">machine USB filters</link>.
9258 </note>
9259
9260 <see>IHost::USBDeviceFilters</see>
9261 </desc>
9262
9263 <attribute name="action" type="USBDeviceFilterAction">
9264 <desc>
9265 Action performed by the host when an attached USB device
9266 matches this filter.
9267 </desc>
9268 </attribute>
9269
9270 </interface>
9271
9272 <!--
9273 // IAudioAdapter
9274 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
9275 -->
9276
9277 <enum
9278 name="AudioDriverType"
9279 uuid="4bcc3d73-c2fe-40db-b72f-0c2ca9d68496"
9280 >
9281 <desc>
9282 Host audio driver type.
9283 </desc>
9284
9285 <const name="Null" value="0">
9286 <desc><tt>null</tt> value. Also means "dummy audio driver".</desc>
9287 </const>
9288 <const name="WinMM" value="1"/>
9289 <const name="OSS" value="2"/>
9290 <const name="ALSA" value="3"/>
9291 <const name="DirectSound" value="4"/>
9292 <const name="CoreAudio" value="5"/>
9293 <const name="MMPM" value="6"/>
9294 <const name="Pulse" value="7"/>
9295 <const name="SolAudio" value="8"/>
9296 </enum>
9297
9298 <enum
9299 name="AudioControllerType"
9300 uuid="7afd395c-42c3-444e-8788-3ce80292f36c"
9301 >
9302 <desc>
9303 Virtual audio controller type.
9304 </desc>
9305
9306 <const name="AC97" value="0"/>
9307 <const name="SB16" value="1"/>
9308 </enum>
9309
9310 <interface
9311 name="IAudioAdapter" extends="$unknown"
9312 uuid="921873db-5f3f-4b69-91f9-7be9e535a2cb"
9313 wsmap="managed"
9314 >
9315 <desc>
9316 The IAudioAdapter interface represents the virtual audio adapter of
9317 the virtual machine. Used in <link to="IMachine::audioAdapter"/>.
9318 </desc>
9319 <attribute name="enabled" type="boolean">
9320 <desc>
9321 Flag whether the audio adapter is present in the
9322 guest system. If disabled, the virtual guest hardware will
9323 not contain any audio adapter. Can only be changed when
9324 the VM is not running.
9325 </desc>
9326 </attribute>
9327 <attribute name="audioController" type="AudioControllerType">
9328 <desc>
9329 The audio hardware we emulate.
9330 </desc>
9331 </attribute>
9332 <attribute name="audioDriver" type="AudioDriverType">
9333 <desc>
9334 Audio driver the adapter is connected to. This setting
9335 can only be changed when the VM is not running.
9336 </desc>
9337 </attribute>
9338 </interface>
9339
9340 <!--
9341 // IVRDPServer
9342 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
9343 -->
9344
9345 <enum
9346 name="VRDPAuthType"
9347 uuid="3d91887a-b67f-4b33-85bf-2da7ab1ea83a"
9348 >
9349 <desc>
9350 VRDP authentication type.
9351 </desc>
9352
9353 <const name="Null" value="0">
9354 <desc><tt>null</tt> value. Also means "no authentication".</desc>
9355 </const>
9356 <const name="External" value="1"/>
9357 <const name="Guest" value="2"/>
9358 </enum>
9359
9360 <interface
9361 name="IVRDPServer" extends="$unknown"
9362 uuid="ed9d31ae-867f-45fc-b727-6740084d1883"
9363 wsmap="managed"
9364 >
9365 <attribute name="enabled" type="boolean">
9366 <desc>VRDP server status.</desc>
9367 </attribute>
9368
9369 <attribute name="port" type="unsigned long">
9370 <desc>
9371 VRDP server port number.
9372 <note>
9373 Setting the value of this property to <tt>0</tt> will reset the port
9374 number to the default value which is
9375 currently <tt>3389</tt>. Reading this property will always return a
9376 real port number, even after it has been set to <tt>0</tt> (in which
9377 case the default port is returned).
9378 </note>
9379 </desc>
9380 </attribute>
9381
9382 <attribute name="netAddress" type="wstring">
9383 <desc>VRDP server address.</desc>
9384 </attribute>
9385
9386 <attribute name="authType" type="VRDPAuthType">
9387 <desc>VRDP authentication method.</desc>
9388 </attribute>
9389
9390 <attribute name="authTimeout" type="unsigned long">
9391 <desc>Timeout for guest authentication. Milliseconds.</desc>
9392 </attribute>
9393
9394 <attribute name="allowMultiConnection" type="boolean">
9395 <desc>
9396 Flag whether multiple simultaneous connections to the VM are permitted.
9397 Note that this will be replaced by a more powerful mechanism in the future.
9398 </desc>
9399 </attribute>
9400
9401 </interface>
9402
9403
9404 <!--
9405 // ISharedFolder
9406 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
9407 -->
9408
9409 <enumerator
9410 name="ISharedFolderEnumerator" type="ISharedFolder"
9411 uuid="1d420fd8-e7c1-4511-abf4-a504dc6d0cbf"
9412 />
9413
9414 <collection
9415 name="ISharedFolderCollection" type="ISharedFolder"
9416 enumerator="ISharedFolderEnumerator"
9417 uuid="9c7e2282-bb16-4fa7-9138-f383c5e02353"
9418 readonly="yes">
9419
9420 <method name="findByName">
9421 <desc>
9422 Searches this collection for a shared folder with the given logical
9423 name.
9424 <note>
9425 The method returns an error if the given name does not correspond to
9426 any shared folder in the collection.
9427 </note>
9428 </desc>
9429 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
9430 <desc>Logical name of the shared folder to search for</desc>
9431 </param>
9432 <param name="sharedFolder" type="ISharedFolder" dir="return">
9433 <desc>Found shared folder object</desc>
9434 </param>
9435 </method>
9436
9437 </collection>
9438
9439 <interface
9440 name="ISharedFolder" extends="$unknown"
9441 uuid="8b0c5f70-9139-4f97-a421-64d5e9c335d5"
9442 wsmap="struct"
9443 >
9444 <desc>
9445 The ISharedFolder interface represents a folder in the host computer's
9446 file system accessible from the guest OS running inside a virtual
9447 machine using an associated logical name.
9448
9449 There are three types of shared folders:
9450 <ul>
9451 <li><i>Global</i> (<link to="IVirtualBox::sharedFolders"/>), shared
9452 folders available to all virtual machines.</li>
9453 <li><i>Permanent</i> (<link to="IMachine::sharedFolders"/>),
9454 VM-specific shared folders available to the given virtual machine at
9455 startup.</li>
9456 <li><i>Transient</i> (<link to="IConsole::sharedFolders"/>),
9457 VM-specific shared folders created in the session context (for
9458 example, when the virtual machine is running) and automatically
9459 discarded when the session is closed (the VM is powered off).</li>
9460 </ul>
9461
9462 Logical names of shared folders must be unique within the given scope
9463 (global, permanent or transient). However, they do not need to be unique
9464 across scopes. In this case, the definitioin of the shared folder in a
9465 more specific scope takes precedence over definitions in all other
9466 scopes. The order of precedence is (more specific to more general):
9467 <ol>
9468 <li>Transient definitions</li>
9469 <li>Permanent definitions</li>
9470 <li>Global definitions</li>
9471 </ol>
9472
9473 For example, if MyMachine has a shared folder named
9474 <tt>C_DRIVE</tt> (that points to <tt>C:\\</tt>), then cretaing a
9475 transient shared folder named <tt>C_DRIVE</tt> (that points
9476 to <tt>C:\\\\WINDOWS</tt>) will change the definition
9477 of <tt>C_DRIVE</tt> in the guest OS so
9478 that <tt>\\\\VBOXSVR\\C_DRIVE</tt> will give access
9479 to <tt>C:\\WINDOWS</tt> instead of <tt>C:\\</tt> on the host
9480 PC. Removing the transient shared folder <tt>C_DRIVE</tt> will restore
9481 the prevoious (permanent) definition of <tt>C_DRIVE</tt> that points
9482 to <tt>C:\\</tt> if it still exists.
9483
9484 Note that permanent and transient shared folders of different machines
9485 are in different name spaces, so they don't overlap and don't need to
9486 have unique logical names.
9487
9488 <note>With the COM API, this is an interface like all the others. With the webservice,
9489 this is mapped to a structure, so querying the attribute will not return an object,
9490 but a complete structure.</note>
9491
9492 <note>
9493 Global shared folders are not implemented in the current vesion of the
9494 product.
9495 </note>
9496 </desc>
9497
9498 <attribute name="name" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
9499 <desc>Logical name of the shared folder.</desc>
9500 </attribute>
9501
9502 <attribute name="hostPath" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
9503 <desc>Full path to the shared folder in the host file system.</desc>
9504 </attribute>
9505
9506 <attribute name="accessible" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
9507 <desc>
9508 Whether the folder defined by the host path is currently
9509 accessible or not.
9510 For example, the folder can be unaccessible if it is placed
9511 on the network share that is not available by the time
9512 this property is read.
9513 </desc>
9514 </attribute>
9515
9516 <attribute name="writable" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
9517 <desc>
9518 Whether the folder defined by the host path is writable or
9519 not.
9520 </desc>
9521 </attribute>
9522
9523 </interface>
9524
9525 <!--
9526 // ISession
9527 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
9528 -->
9529
9530 <interface
9531 name="IInternalSessionControl" extends="$unknown"
9532 uuid="37838967-2430-4bb1-8acc-1b5b2c383d44"
9533 internal="yes"
9534 wsmap="suppress"
9535 >
9536 <method name="getPID">
9537 <desc>PID of the process that has created this Session object.
9538 </desc>
9539 <param name="pid" type="unsigned long" dir="return"/>
9540 </method>
9541
9542 <method name="getRemoteConsole">
9543 <desc>Returns the console object suitable for remote control.</desc>
9544 <param name="console" type="IConsole" dir="return"/>
9545 </method>
9546
9547 <method name="assignMachine">
9548 <desc>
9549 Assigns the machine object associated with this direct-type
9550 session or informs the session that it will be a remote one
9551 (if machine = NULL).
9552 </desc>
9553 <param name="machine" type="IMachine" dir="in"/>
9554 </method>
9555
9556 <method name="assignRemoteMachine">
9557 <desc>
9558 Assigns the machine and the (remote) console object associated with
9559 this remote-type session.
9560 </desc>
9561 <param name="machine" type="IMachine" dir="in"/>
9562 <param name="console" type="IConsole" dir="in"/>
9563 </method>
9564
9565 <method name="updateMachineState">
9566 <desc>
9567 Updates the machine state in the VM process.
9568 Must be called only in certain cases
9569 (see the method implementation).
9570 </desc>
9571 <param name="aMachineState" type="MachineState" dir="in"/>
9572 </method>
9573
9574 <method name="uninitialize">
9575 <desc>
9576 Uninitializes (closes) this session. Used by VirtualBox to close
9577 the corresponding remote session when the direct session dies
9578 or gets closed.
9579 </desc>
9580 </method>
9581
9582 <method name="onDVDDriveChange">
9583 <desc>
9584 Triggered when settings of the DVD drive object of the
9585 associated virtual machine have changed.
9586 </desc>
9587 </method>
9588
9589 <method name="onFloppyDriveChange">
9590 <desc>
9591 Triggered when settings of the floppy drive object of the
9592 associated virtual machine have changed.
9593 </desc>
9594 </method>
9595
9596 <method name="onNetworkAdapterChange">
9597 <desc>
9598 Triggered when settions of a network adapter of the
9599 associated virtual machine have changed.
9600 </desc>
9601 <param name="networkAdapter" type="INetworkAdapter" dir="in"/>
9602 </method>
9603
9604 <method name="onSerialPortChange">
9605 <desc>
9606 Triggered when settions of a serial port of the
9607 associated virtual machine have changed.
9608 </desc>
9609 <param name="serialPort" type="ISerialPort" dir="in"/>
9610 </method>
9611
9612 <method name="onParallelPortChange">
9613 <desc>
9614 Triggered when settings of a parallel port of the
9615 associated virtual machine have changed.
9616 </desc>
9617 <param name="parallelPort" type="IParallelPort" dir="in"/>
9618 </method>
9619
9620 <method name="onVRDPServerChange">
9621 <desc>
9622 Triggered when settings of the VRDP server object of the
9623 associated virtual machine have changed.
9624 </desc>
9625 </method>
9626
9627 <method name="onUSBControllerChange">
9628 <desc>
9629 Triggered when settings of the USB controller object of the
9630 associated virtual machine have changed.
9631 </desc>
9632 </method>
9633
9634 <method name="onSharedFolderChange">
9635 <desc>
9636 Triggered when a permanent (global or machine) shared folder has been
9637 created or removed.
9638 <note>
9639 We don't pass shared folder parameters in this notification because
9640 the order in which parallel notifications are delivered is not defined,
9641 therefore it could happen that these parameters were outdated by the
9642 time of processing this notification.
9643 </note>
9644 </desc>
9645 <param name="global" type="boolean" dir="in"/>
9646 </method>
9647
9648 <method name="onUSBDeviceAttach">
9649 <desc>
9650 Triggered when a request to capture a USB device (as a result
9651 of matched USB filters or direct call to
9652 <link to="IConsole::attachUSBDevice"/>) has completed.
9653 A @c null @a error object means success, otherwise it
9654 describes a failure.
9655 </desc>
9656 <param name="device" type="IUSBDevice" dir="in"/>
9657 <param name="error" type="IVirtualBoxErrorInfo" dir="in"/>
9658 <param name="maskedInterfaces" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
9659 </method>
9660
9661 <method name="onUSBDeviceDetach">
9662 <desc>
9663 Triggered when a request to release the USB device (as a result
9664 of machine termination or direct call to
9665 <link to="IConsole::detachUSBDevice"/>) has completed.
9666 A @c null @a error object means success, otherwise it
9667 </desc>
9668 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in"/>
9669 <param name="error" type="IVirtualBoxErrorInfo" dir="in"/>
9670 </method>
9671
9672 <method name="onShowWindow">
9673 <desc>
9674 Called by <link to="IMachine::canShowConsoleWindow()"/> and by
9675 <link to="IMachine::showConsoleWindow()"/> in order to notify
9676 console callbacks
9677 <link to="IConsoleCallback::onCanShowWindow()"/>
9678 and <link to="IConsoleCallback::onShowWindow()"/>.
9679 </desc>
9680 <param name="check" type="boolean" dir="in"/>
9681 <param name="canShow" type="boolean" dir="out"/>
9682 <param name="winId" type="unsigned long long" dir="out"/>
9683 </method>
9684
9685 </interface>
9686
9687 <interface
9688 name="ISession" extends="$dispatched"
9689 uuid="12F4DCDB-12B2-4ec1-B7CD-DDD9F6C5BF4D"
9690 wsmap="managed"
9691 >
9692 <desc>
9693 The ISession interface represents a serialization primitive for virtual
9694 machines.
9695
9696 Within VirtualBox, every time one wishes to manipulate a virtual machine
9697 (for example, change its settings or start execution), an instance of
9698 the ISession interface is required. One first creates a local session
9699 object that implements the ISession interface and then passes the
9700 created object with the method call that opens the given session and
9701 thus initiates the machine manipulation. The session serves several
9702 purposes: it identifies to the inter-process VirtualBox code which
9703 process is currently working with the virtual machine, and it ensures
9704 that there are no incompatible requests from several processes for the
9705 same virtual machine.
9706
9707 How sessions objects are used depends on whether you use the Main API
9708 via COM or via the web service:
9709
9710 <ul>
9711 <li>When using the COM API directly, an object of the Session class from the
9712 VirtualBox type library needs to be created. In regular COM C++ client code,
9713 this can be done by calling <tt>createLocalObject()</tt>, a standard COM API.
9714 This object will then act as a local session object in further calls to open
9715 a session.
9716 </li>
9717
9718 <li>In the webservice, the session manager (IWebsessionManager) instead creates
9719 one session object automatically when <link to="IWebsessionManager::logon" />
9720 is called. A managed object reference to that session object can be retrieved by
9721 calling <link to="IWebsessionManager::getSessionObject" />. This session object
9722 reference can then be used to open sessions.
9723 </li>
9724 </ul>
9725
9726 Sessions are mainly used in two variations:
9727
9728 <ul>
9729 <li>
9730 To start a virtual machine in a separate process, one would call
9731 <link to="IVirtualBox::openRemoteSession"/>, which requires a session
9732 object as its first parameter. This session then identifies the caller
9733 and lets him control the started machine (for example, pause machine
9734 execution or power it down) as well as be notified about machine
9735 execution state changes.
9736 </li>
9737
9738 <li>To alter machine settings, or to start machine execution within the
9739 current process, one needs to open a direct session for the machine first by
9740 calling <link to="IVirtualBox::openSession"/>. While a direct session
9741 is open within one process, no any other process may open another direct
9742 session for the same machine. This prevents the machine from being changed
9743 by other processes while it is running or while the machine is being configured.
9744 </li>
9745 </ul>
9746
9747 One also can attach to an existing direct session alreay opened by
9748 another process (for example, in order to send a control request to the
9749 virtual machine such as the pause or the reset request). This is done by
9750 calling <link to="IVirtualBox::openExistingSession"/>.
9751
9752 <note>
9753 Unless you are trying to write a new VirtualBox front-end that
9754 performs direct machine execution (like the VirtualBox or VBoxSDL
9755 frontends), don't call <link to="IConsole::powerUp"/> in a direct
9756 session opened by <link to="IVirtualBox::openSession"/> and use this
9757 session only to change virtual machine settings. If you simply want to
9758 start virtual machine execution using one of the existing frontends
9759 (for example the VirtualBox GUI frontend), use
9760 <link to="IVirtualBox::openRemoteSession"/>. In the latter case, on
9761 sucess, the machine will be powered up for you by the front-end so you
9762 don't need to call <link to="IConsole::powerUp"/> too.
9763 </note>
9764 </desc>
9765
9766 <attribute name="state" type="SessionState" readonly="yes">
9767 <desc>Current state of this session.</desc>
9768 </attribute>
9769
9770 <attribute name="type" type="SessionType" readonly="yes">
9771 <desc>
9772 Type of this session. The value of this attribute is valid only
9773 if the session is currently open (i.e. its #state is SessionType::SessionOpen),
9774 otherwise an error will be returned.
9775 </desc>
9776 </attribute>
9777
9778 <attribute name="machine" type="IMachine" readonly="yes">
9779 <desc>Machine object associated with this session.</desc>
9780 </attribute>
9781
9782 <attribute name="console" type="IConsole" readonly="yes">
9783 <desc>Console object associated with this session.</desc>
9784 </attribute>
9785
9786 <method name="close">
9787 <desc>
9788 Closes this session.
9789 <note>
9790 If a direct session for a machine opened with
9791 <link to="IVirtualBox::openSession()"/> is not explicitly
9792 closed when the application terminates, the state of the
9793 machine will be set to <link to="MachineState::Aborted"/>
9794 on the server. Generally, it is recommended to close all
9795 open sessions explicitly before terminating the application
9796 (no matter what is the reason of the termination).
9797 </note>
9798 </desc>
9799 </method>
9800
9801 </interface>
9802
9803 <!--
9804 // ISATAController
9805 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
9806 -->
9807
9808 <interface
9809 name="ISATAController" extends="$unknown"
9810 uuid="9a4b868b-1376-4533-8ef5-065b8e8cedff"
9811 wsmap="managed"
9812 >
9813 <attribute name="enabled" type="boolean">
9814 <desc>
9815 Flag whether the SATA controller is present in the
9816 guest system. If disabled, the virtual guest hardware will
9817 not contain any SATA controller. Can only be changed when
9818 the VM is powered off.
9819 </desc>
9820 </attribute>
9821
9822 <attribute name="portCount" type="unsigned long">
9823 <desc>
9824 The number of usable ports on the sata controller.
9825 It ranges from 1 to 30.
9826 </desc>
9827 </attribute>
9828
9829 <method name="GetIDEEmulationPort">
9830 <desc>Gets the corresponding port number which is emulated as an IDE device.</desc>
9831 <param name="devicePosition" type="long" dir="in"/>
9832 <param name="portNumber" type="long" dir="return"/>
9833 </method>
9834
9835 <method name="SetIDEEmulationPort">
9836 <desc>Sets the port number which is emulated as an IDE device.</desc>
9837 <param name="devicePosition" type="long" dir="in"/>
9838 <param name="portNumber" type="long" dir="in"/>
9839 </method>
9840
9841 </interface>
9842
9843<if target="wsdl">
9844
9845 <!--
9846 // IManagedObjectRef
9847 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
9848 -->
9849
9850 <interface
9851 name="IManagedObjectRef" extends="$unknown"
9852 uuid="9474d09d-2313-46de-b568-a42b8718e8ed"
9853 internal="yes"
9854 wsmap="managed"
9855 wscpp="hardcoded"
9856 >
9857 <desc>
9858 Webservice only: Managed object reference.
9859
9860 Only within the webservice, a managed object reference (which is really
9861 an opaque number) allows a webservice client to address an object
9862 that lives in the address space of the webservice server.
9863
9864 Behind each managed object reference, there is a COM object that lives
9865 in the webservice server's address space. The COM object is not freed
9866 until the managed object reference is released, either by an explicit
9867 call to <link to="IManagedObjectRef::release" /> or by logging off from
9868 the webservice (<link to="IWebsessionManager::logoff" />), which releases
9869 all objects created during the webservice session.
9870
9871 Whenever a method call of the VirtualBox API returns a COM object, the
9872 webservice representation of that method will instead return a
9873 managed object reference, which can then be used to invoke methods
9874 on that object.
9875 </desc>
9876
9877 <method name="getInterfaceName">
9878 <desc>
9879 Returns the name of the interface that this managed object represents,
9880 for example, "IMachine", as a string.
9881 </desc>
9882 <param name="return" type="wstring" dir="return"/>
9883 </method>
9884
9885 <method name="release">
9886 <desc>
9887 Releases this managed object reference and frees the resources that
9888 were allocated for it in the webservice server process. After calling
9889 this method, the identifier of the reference can no longer be used.
9890 </desc>
9891 </method>
9892
9893 </interface>
9894
9895 <!--
9896 // IWebsessionManager
9897 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
9898 -->
9899
9900 <interface
9901 name="IWebsessionManager" extends="$unknown"
9902 uuid="dea1b4c7-2de3-418a-850d-7868617f7733"
9903 internal="yes"
9904 wsmap="global"
9905 wscpp="hardcoded"
9906 >
9907 <desc>
9908 Webservice only: Websession manager. This provides essential services
9909 to webservice clients.
9910 </desc>
9911 <method name="logon">
9912 <desc>
9913 Logs a new client onto the webservice and returns a managed object reference to
9914 the IVirtualBox instance, which the client can then use as a basis to further
9915 queries, since all calls to the VirtualBox API are based on the IVirtualBox
9916 interface, in one way or the other.
9917 </desc>
9918 <param name="username" type="wstring" dir="in"/>
9919 <param name="password" type="wstring" dir="in"/>
9920 <param name="return" type="wstring" dir="return"/>
9921 </method>
9922
9923 <method name="getSessionObject">
9924 <desc>
9925 Returns a managed object reference to the internal ISession object that was created
9926 for this web service session when the client logged on.
9927
9928 <see>ISession</see>
9929 </desc>
9930 <param name="refIVirtualBox" type="wstring" dir="in"/>
9931 <param name="return" type="wstring" dir="return"/>
9932 </method>
9933
9934 <method name="logoff">
9935 <desc>
9936 Logs off the client who has previously logged on with <link to="IWebsessionManager::logoff" />
9937 and destroys all resources associated with the session (most importantly, all
9938 managed objects created in the server while the session was active).
9939 </desc>
9940 <param name="refIVirtualBox" type="wstring" dir="in"/>
9941 </method>
9942
9943 </interface>
9944
9945</if>
9946
9947 <module name="VBoxSVC" context="LocalServer">
9948 <class name="VirtualBox" uuid="B1A7A4F2-47B9-4A1E-82B2-07CCD5323C3F"
9949 namespace="virtualbox.org">
9950 <interface name="IVirtualBox" default="yes"/>
9951 </class>
9952 </module>
9953
9954 <module name="VBoxC" context="InprocServer" threadingModel="Free">
9955 <class name="Session" uuid="3C02F46D-C9D2-4f11-A384-53F0CF917214"
9956 namespace="virtualbox.org">
9957 <interface name="ISession" default="yes"/>
9958 </class>
9959 </module>
9960
9961</library>
9962
9963</idl>
Note: See TracBrowser for help on using the repository browser.

© 2024 Oracle Support Privacy / Do Not Sell My Info Terms of Use Trademark Policy Automated Access Etiquette